mac80211.h 238.9 KB
Newer Older
1
/*
2 3
 * mac80211 <-> driver interface
 *
4 5
 * Copyright 2002-2005, Devicescape Software, Inc.
 * Copyright 2006-2007	Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz>
6
 * Copyright 2007-2010	Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
7
 * Copyright 2013-2014  Intel Mobile Communications GmbH
8
 * Copyright (C) 2015 - 2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
9
 * Copyright (C) 2018        Intel Corporation
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as
 * published by the Free Software Foundation.
 */

#ifndef MAC80211_H
#define MAC80211_H

19
#include <linux/bug.h>
20 21 22 23 24
#include <linux/kernel.h>
#include <linux/if_ether.h>
#include <linux/skbuff.h>
#include <linux/ieee80211.h>
#include <net/cfg80211.h>
25
#include <net/codel.h>
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
26
#include <net/ieee80211_radiotap.h>
27
#include <asm/unaligned.h>
28

29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41
/**
 * DOC: Introduction
 *
 * mac80211 is the Linux stack for 802.11 hardware that implements
 * only partial functionality in hard- or firmware. This document
 * defines the interface between mac80211 and low-level hardware
 * drivers.
 */

/**
 * DOC: Calling mac80211 from interrupts
 *
 * Only ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() can be
42 43 44
 * called in hardware interrupt context. The low-level driver must not call any
 * other functions in hardware interrupt context. If there is a need for such
 * call, the low-level driver should first ACK the interrupt and perform the
45 46 47 48
 * IEEE 802.11 code call after this, e.g. from a scheduled workqueue or even
 * tasklet function.
 *
 * NOTE: If the driver opts to use the _irqsafe() functions, it may not also
R
Randy Dunlap 已提交
49
 *	 use the non-IRQ-safe functions!
50 51
 */

52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73
/**
 * DOC: Warning
 *
 * If you're reading this document and not the header file itself, it will
 * be incomplete because not all documentation has been converted yet.
 */

/**
 * DOC: Frame format
 *
 * As a general rule, when frames are passed between mac80211 and the driver,
 * they start with the IEEE 802.11 header and include the same octets that are
 * sent over the air except for the FCS which should be calculated by the
 * hardware.
 *
 * There are, however, various exceptions to this rule for advanced features:
 *
 * The first exception is for hardware encryption and decryption offload
 * where the IV/ICV may or may not be generated in hardware.
 *
 * Secondly, when the hardware handles fragmentation, the frame handed to
 * the driver from mac80211 is the MSDU, not the MPDU.
74 75
 */

76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90
/**
 * DOC: mac80211 workqueue
 *
 * mac80211 provides its own workqueue for drivers and internal mac80211 use.
 * The workqueue is a single threaded workqueue and can only be accessed by
 * helpers for sanity checking. Drivers must ensure all work added onto the
 * mac80211 workqueue should be cancelled on the driver stop() callback.
 *
 * mac80211 will flushed the workqueue upon interface removal and during
 * suspend.
 *
 * All work performed on the mac80211 workqueue must not acquire the RTNL lock.
 *
 */

91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
/**
 * DOC: mac80211 software tx queueing
 *
 * mac80211 provides an optional intermediate queueing implementation designed
 * to allow the driver to keep hardware queues short and provide some fairness
 * between different stations/interfaces.
 * In this model, the driver pulls data frames from the mac80211 queue instead
 * of letting mac80211 push them via drv_tx().
 * Other frames (e.g. control or management) are still pushed using drv_tx().
 *
 * Drivers indicate that they use this model by implementing the .wake_tx_queue
 * driver operation.
 *
104 105 106
 * Intermediate queues (struct ieee80211_txq) are kept per-sta per-tid, with
 * another per-sta for non-data/non-mgmt and bufferable management frames, and
 * a single per-vif queue for multicast data frames.
107 108 109 110
 *
 * The driver is expected to initialize its private per-queue data for stations
 * and interfaces in the .add_interface and .sta_add ops.
 *
111 112 113
 * The driver can't access the queue directly. To dequeue a frame, it calls
 * ieee80211_tx_dequeue(). Whenever mac80211 adds a new frame to a queue, it
 * calls the .wake_tx_queue driver op.
114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124
 *
 * For AP powersave TIM handling, the driver only needs to indicate if it has
 * buffered packets in the driver specific data structures by calling
 * ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(). For frames buffered in the ieee80211_txq
 * struct, mac80211 sets the appropriate TIM PVB bits and calls
 * .release_buffered_frames().
 * In that callback the driver is therefore expected to release its own
 * buffered frames and afterwards also frames from the ieee80211_txq (obtained
 * via the usual ieee80211_tx_dequeue).
 */

125 126
struct device;

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
127 128 129 130
/**
 * enum ieee80211_max_queues - maximum number of queues
 *
 * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES: Maximum number of regular device queues.
131
 * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP: bitmap with maximum queues set
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
132 133
 */
enum ieee80211_max_queues {
134
	IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES =		16,
135
	IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP =	BIT(IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES) - 1,
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
136 137
};

138 139
#define IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE	0xff

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153
/**
 * enum ieee80211_ac_numbers - AC numbers as used in mac80211
 * @IEEE80211_AC_VO: voice
 * @IEEE80211_AC_VI: video
 * @IEEE80211_AC_BE: best effort
 * @IEEE80211_AC_BK: background
 */
enum ieee80211_ac_numbers {
	IEEE80211_AC_VO		= 0,
	IEEE80211_AC_VI		= 1,
	IEEE80211_AC_BE		= 2,
	IEEE80211_AC_BK		= 3,
};

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
154 155 156 157
/**
 * struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params - transmit queue configuration
 *
 * The information provided in this structure is required for QoS
158
 * transmit queue configuration. Cf. IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.29.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
159
 *
160
 * @aifs: arbitration interframe space [0..255]
161 162
 * @cw_min: minimum contention window [a value of the form
 *	2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
163
 * @cw_max: maximum contention window [like @cw_min]
164
 * @txop: maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled
165
 * @acm: is mandatory admission control required for the access category
166
 * @uapsd: is U-APSD mode enabled for the queue
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
167 168
 * @mu_edca: is the MU EDCA configured
 * @mu_edca_param_rec: MU EDCA Parameter Record for HE
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
169
 */
170
struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params {
171
	u16 txop;
172 173
	u16 cw_min;
	u16 cw_max;
174
	u8 aifs;
175
	bool acm;
K
Kalle Valo 已提交
176
	bool uapsd;
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
177 178
	bool mu_edca;
	struct ieee80211_he_mu_edca_param_ac_rec mu_edca_param_rec;
179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187
};

struct ieee80211_low_level_stats {
	unsigned int dot11ACKFailureCount;
	unsigned int dot11RTSFailureCount;
	unsigned int dot11FCSErrorCount;
	unsigned int dot11RTSSuccessCount;
};

188 189
/**
 * enum ieee80211_chanctx_change - change flag for channel context
190
 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH: The channel width changed
191
 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS: The number of RX chains changed
192
 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR: radar detection flag changed
193 194
 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL: switched to another operating channel,
 *	this is used only with channel switching with CSA
195
 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH: The min required channel width changed
196 197
 */
enum ieee80211_chanctx_change {
198
	IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH		= BIT(0),
199
	IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS	= BIT(1),
200
	IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR		= BIT(2),
201
	IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL	= BIT(3),
202
	IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH	= BIT(4),
203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210
};

/**
 * struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf - channel context that vifs may be tuned to
 *
 * This is the driver-visible part. The ieee80211_chanctx
 * that contains it is visible in mac80211 only.
 *
211
 * @def: the channel definition
212
 * @min_def: the minimum channel definition currently required.
213 214 215 216
 * @rx_chains_static: The number of RX chains that must always be
 *	active on the channel to receive MIMO transmissions
 * @rx_chains_dynamic: The number of RX chains that must be enabled
 *	after RTS/CTS handshake to receive SMPS MIMO transmissions;
217
 *	this will always be >= @rx_chains_static.
218
 * @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled on this channel.
219 220 221 222
 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
 *	sizeof(void *), size is determined in hw information.
 */
struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf {
223
	struct cfg80211_chan_def def;
224
	struct cfg80211_chan_def min_def;
225

226 227
	u8 rx_chains_static, rx_chains_dynamic;

228 229
	bool radar_enabled;

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
230
	u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
231 232
};

233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269
/**
 * enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode - channel context switch mode
 * @CHANCTX_SWMODE_REASSIGN_VIF: Both old and new contexts already
 *	exist (and will continue to exist), but the virtual interface
 *	needs to be switched from one to the other.
 * @CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS: The old context exists but will stop
 *      to exist with this call, the new context doesn't exist but
 *      will be active after this call, the virtual interface switches
 *      from the old to the new (note that the driver may of course
 *      implement this as an on-the-fly chandef switch of the existing
 *      hardware context, but the mac80211 pointer for the old context
 *      will cease to exist and only the new one will later be used
 *      for changes/removal.)
 */
enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode {
	CHANCTX_SWMODE_REASSIGN_VIF,
	CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS,
};

/**
 * struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch - vif chanctx switch information
 *
 * This is structure is used to pass information about a vif that
 * needs to switch from one chanctx to another.  The
 * &ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode defines how the switch should be
 * done.
 *
 * @vif: the vif that should be switched from old_ctx to new_ctx
 * @old_ctx: the old context to which the vif was assigned
 * @new_ctx: the new context to which the vif must be assigned
 */
struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch {
	struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
	struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *old_ctx;
	struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *new_ctx;
};

270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279
/**
 * enum ieee80211_bss_change - BSS change notification flags
 *
 * These flags are used with the bss_info_changed() callback
 * to indicate which BSS parameter changed.
 *
 * @BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC: association status changed (associated/disassociated),
 *	also implies a change in the AID.
 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT: CTS protection changed
 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE: preamble changed
280
 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT: slot timing changed
T
Tomas Winkler 已提交
281
 * @BSS_CHANGED_HT: 802.11n parameters changed
282
 * @BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES: Basic rateset changed
283
 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT: Beacon interval changed
284 285 286 287 288 289
 * @BSS_CHANGED_BSSID: BSSID changed, for whatever
 *	reason (IBSS and managed mode)
 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON: Beacon data changed, retrieve
 *	new beacon (beaconing modes)
 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED: Beaconing should be
 *	enabled/disabled (beaconing modes)
290
 * @BSS_CHANGED_CQM: Connection quality monitor config changed
291
 * @BSS_CHANGED_IBSS: IBSS join status changed
292
 * @BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER: Hardware ARP filter address list or state changed.
293 294
 * @BSS_CHANGED_QOS: QoS for this association was enabled/disabled. Note
 *	that it is only ever disabled for station mode.
295
 * @BSS_CHANGED_IDLE: Idle changed for this BSS/interface.
296
 * @BSS_CHANGED_SSID: SSID changed for this BSS (AP and IBSS mode)
297
 * @BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response changed for this BSS (AP mode)
E
Eliad Peller 已提交
298
 * @BSS_CHANGED_PS: PS changed for this BSS (STA mode)
299
 * @BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER: TX power setting changed for this interface
300
 * @BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS: P2P powersave settings (CTWindow, opportunistic PS)
301
 *	changed
302 303
 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO: Data from the AP's beacon became available:
 *	currently dtim_period only is under consideration.
304 305 306
 * @BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH: The bandwidth used by this interface changed,
 *	note that this is only called when it changes after the channel
 *	context had been assigned.
307
 * @BSS_CHANGED_OCB: OCB join status changed
308
 * @BSS_CHANGED_MU_GROUPS: VHT MU-MIMO group id or user position changed
309 310
 * @BSS_CHANGED_KEEP_ALIVE: keep alive options (idle period or protected
 *	keep alive) changed.
311
 * @BSS_CHANGED_MCAST_RATE: Multicast Rate setting changed for this interface
312 313
 * @BSS_CHANGED_FTM_RESPONDER: fime timing reasurement request responder
 *	functionality changed for this BSS (AP mode).
314
 *
315 316 317 318 319
 */
enum ieee80211_bss_change {
	BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC		= 1<<0,
	BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT	= 1<<1,
	BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE	= 1<<2,
320
	BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT		= 1<<3,
A
Alexander Simon 已提交
321
	BSS_CHANGED_HT			= 1<<4,
322
	BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES		= 1<<5,
323
	BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT		= 1<<6,
324 325 326
	BSS_CHANGED_BSSID		= 1<<7,
	BSS_CHANGED_BEACON		= 1<<8,
	BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED	= 1<<9,
327
	BSS_CHANGED_CQM			= 1<<10,
328
	BSS_CHANGED_IBSS		= 1<<11,
329
	BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER		= 1<<12,
330
	BSS_CHANGED_QOS			= 1<<13,
331
	BSS_CHANGED_IDLE		= 1<<14,
332
	BSS_CHANGED_SSID		= 1<<15,
333
	BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP	= 1<<16,
E
Eliad Peller 已提交
334
	BSS_CHANGED_PS			= 1<<17,
335
	BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER		= 1<<18,
336
	BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS		= 1<<19,
337
	BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO		= 1<<20,
338
	BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH		= 1<<21,
339
	BSS_CHANGED_OCB                 = 1<<22,
340
	BSS_CHANGED_MU_GROUPS		= 1<<23,
341
	BSS_CHANGED_KEEP_ALIVE		= 1<<24,
342
	BSS_CHANGED_MCAST_RATE		= 1<<25,
343
	BSS_CHANGED_FTM_RESPONDER	= 1<<26,
344 345

	/* when adding here, make sure to change ieee80211_reconfig */
346 347
};

348 349 350 351 352 353 354
/*
 * The maximum number of IPv4 addresses listed for ARP filtering. If the number
 * of addresses for an interface increase beyond this value, hardware ARP
 * filtering will be disabled.
 */
#define IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN 4

355
/**
356 357
 * enum ieee80211_event_type - event to be notified to the low level driver
 * @RSSI_EVENT: AP's rssi crossed the a threshold set by the driver.
358
 * @MLME_EVENT: event related to MLME
359
 * @BAR_RX_EVENT: a BAR was received
360 361 362
 * @BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT: Frames were released from the reordering buffer because
 *	they timed out. This won't be called for each frame released, but only
 *	once each time the timeout triggers.
363
 */
364 365
enum ieee80211_event_type {
	RSSI_EVENT,
366
	MLME_EVENT,
367
	BAR_RX_EVENT,
368
	BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT,
369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376
};

/**
 * enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data - relevant when event type is %RSSI_EVENT
 * @RSSI_EVENT_HIGH: AP's rssi went below the threshold set by the driver.
 * @RSSI_EVENT_LOW: AP's rssi went above the threshold set by the driver.
 */
enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data {
377 378 379 380
	RSSI_EVENT_HIGH,
	RSSI_EVENT_LOW,
};

381
/**
382
 * struct ieee80211_rssi_event - data attached to an %RSSI_EVENT
383 384 385 386 387 388
 * @data: See &enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data
 */
struct ieee80211_rssi_event {
	enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data data;
};

389 390 391
/**
 * enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data - relevant when event type is %MLME_EVENT
 * @AUTH_EVENT: the MLME operation is authentication
392
 * @ASSOC_EVENT: the MLME operation is association
393 394
 * @DEAUTH_RX_EVENT: deauth received..
 * @DEAUTH_TX_EVENT: deauth sent.
395 396 397
 */
enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data {
	AUTH_EVENT,
398
	ASSOC_EVENT,
399 400
	DEAUTH_RX_EVENT,
	DEAUTH_TX_EVENT,
401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415
};

/**
 * enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status - relevant when event type is %MLME_EVENT
 * @MLME_SUCCESS: the MLME operation completed successfully.
 * @MLME_DENIED: the MLME operation was denied by the peer.
 * @MLME_TIMEOUT: the MLME operation timed out.
 */
enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status {
	MLME_SUCCESS,
	MLME_DENIED,
	MLME_TIMEOUT,
};

/**
416
 * struct ieee80211_mlme_event - data attached to an %MLME_EVENT
417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426
 * @data: See &enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data
 * @status: See &enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status
 * @reason: the reason code if applicable
 */
struct ieee80211_mlme_event {
	enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data data;
	enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status status;
	u16 reason;
};

427 428 429 430
/**
 * struct ieee80211_ba_event - data attached for BlockAck related events
 * @sta: pointer to the &ieee80211_sta to which this event relates
 * @tid: the tid
431
 * @ssn: the starting sequence number (for %BAR_RX_EVENT)
432 433 434 435 436 437 438
 */
struct ieee80211_ba_event {
	struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
	u16 tid;
	u16 ssn;
};

439 440
/**
 * struct ieee80211_event - event to be sent to the driver
441
 * @type: The event itself. See &enum ieee80211_event_type.
442
 * @rssi: relevant if &type is %RSSI_EVENT
443
 * @mlme: relevant if &type is %AUTH_EVENT
444
 * @ba: relevant if &type is %BAR_RX_EVENT or %BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT
445
 * @u:union holding the fields above
446 447 448 449 450
 */
struct ieee80211_event {
	enum ieee80211_event_type type;
	union {
		struct ieee80211_rssi_event rssi;
451
		struct ieee80211_mlme_event mlme;
452
		struct ieee80211_ba_event ba;
453 454 455
	} u;
};

456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468
/**
 * struct ieee80211_mu_group_data - STA's VHT MU-MIMO group data
 *
 * This structure describes the group id data of VHT MU-MIMO
 *
 * @membership: 64 bits array - a bit is set if station is member of the group
 * @position: 2 bits per group id indicating the position in the group
 */
struct ieee80211_mu_group_data {
	u8 membership[WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN];
	u8 position[WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN];
};

469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483
/**
 * ieee80211_ftm_responder_params - FTM responder parameters
 *
 * @lci: LCI subelement content
 * @civicloc: CIVIC location subelement content
 * @lci_len: LCI data length
 * @civicloc_len: Civic data length
 */
struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params {
	const u8 *lci;
	const u8 *civicloc;
	size_t lci_len;
	size_t civicloc_len;
};

484 485 486 487 488 489
/**
 * struct ieee80211_bss_conf - holds the BSS's changing parameters
 *
 * This structure keeps information about a BSS (and an association
 * to that BSS) that can change during the lifetime of the BSS.
 *
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498
 * @bss_color: 6-bit value to mark inter-BSS frame, if BSS supports HE
 * @htc_trig_based_pkt_ext: default PE in 4us units, if BSS supports HE
 * @multi_sta_back_32bit: supports BA bitmap of 32-bits in Multi-STA BACK
 * @uora_exists: is the UORA element advertised by AP
 * @ack_enabled: indicates support to receive a multi-TID that solicits either
 *	ACK, BACK or both
 * @uora_ocw_range: UORA element's OCW Range field
 * @frame_time_rts_th: HE duration RTS threshold, in units of 32us
 * @he_support: does this BSS support HE
499
 * @assoc: association status
500 501
 * @ibss_joined: indicates whether this station is part of an IBSS
 *	or not
502
 * @ibss_creator: indicates if a new IBSS network is being created
503 504
 * @aid: association ID number, valid only when @assoc is true
 * @use_cts_prot: use CTS protection
505 506
 * @use_short_preamble: use 802.11b short preamble
 * @use_short_slot: use short slot time (only relevant for ERP)
507
 * @dtim_period: num of beacons before the next DTIM, for beaconing,
508
 *	valid in station mode only if after the driver was notified
509
 *	with the %BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO flag, will be non-zero then.
510
 * @sync_tsf: last beacon's/probe response's TSF timestamp (could be old
511 512 513 514
 *	as it may have been received during scanning long ago). If the
 *	HW flag %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY is set, then this can
 *	only come from a beacon, but might not become valid until after
 *	association when a beacon is received (which is notified with the
515
 *	%BSS_CHANGED_DTIM flag.). See also sync_dtim_count important notice.
516 517
 * @sync_device_ts: the device timestamp corresponding to the sync_tsf,
 *	the driver/device can use this to calculate synchronisation
518
 *	(see @sync_tsf). See also sync_dtim_count important notice.
519 520
 * @sync_dtim_count: Only valid when %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY
 *	is requested, see @sync_tsf/@sync_device_ts.
521 522 523
 *	IMPORTANT: These three sync_* parameters would possibly be out of sync
 *	by the time the driver will use them. The synchronized view is currently
 *	guaranteed only in certain callbacks.
524
 * @beacon_int: beacon interval
525
 * @assoc_capability: capabilities taken from assoc resp
526 527 528
 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates, each bit stands for an
 *	index into the rate table configured by the driver in
 *	the current band.
529
 * @beacon_rate: associated AP's beacon TX rate
530
 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled)
531 532
 * @bssid: The BSSID for this BSS
 * @enable_beacon: whether beaconing should be enabled or not
533 534
 * @chandef: Channel definition for this BSS -- the hardware might be
 *	configured a higher bandwidth than this BSS uses, for example.
535
 * @mu_group: VHT MU-MIMO group membership data
536
 * @ht_operation_mode: HT operation mode like in &struct ieee80211_ht_operation.
537 538 539
 *	This field is only valid when the channel is a wide HT/VHT channel.
 *	Note that with TDLS this can be the case (channel is HT, protection must
 *	be used from this field) even when the BSS association isn't using HT.
540
 * @cqm_rssi_thold: Connection quality monitor RSSI threshold, a zero value
541 542 543
 *	implies disabled. As with the cfg80211 callback, a change here should
 *	cause an event to be sent indicating where the current value is in
 *	relation to the newly configured threshold.
544 545 546 547
 * @cqm_rssi_low: Connection quality monitor RSSI lower threshold, a zero value
 *	implies disabled.  This is an alternative mechanism to the single
 *	threshold event and can't be enabled simultaneously with it.
 * @cqm_rssi_high: Connection quality monitor RSSI upper threshold.
548
 * @cqm_rssi_hyst: Connection quality monitor RSSI hysteresis
549 550 551 552
 * @arp_addr_list: List of IPv4 addresses for hardware ARP filtering. The
 *	may filter ARP queries targeted for other addresses than listed here.
 *	The driver must allow ARP queries targeted for all address listed here
 *	to pass through. An empty list implies no ARP queries need to pass.
553 554 555
 * @arp_addr_cnt: Number of addresses currently on the list. Note that this
 *	may be larger than %IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN (the arp_addr_list
 *	array size), it's up to the driver what to do in that case.
556
 * @qos: This is a QoS-enabled BSS.
557 558 559
 * @idle: This interface is idle. There's also a global idle flag in the
 *	hardware config which may be more appropriate depending on what
 *	your driver/device needs to do.
E
Eliad Peller 已提交
560 561
 * @ps: power-save mode (STA only). This flag is NOT affected by
 *	offchannel/dynamic_ps operations.
562
 * @ssid: The SSID of the current vif. Valid in AP and IBSS mode.
563 564
 * @ssid_len: Length of SSID given in @ssid.
 * @hidden_ssid: The SSID of the current vif is hidden. Only valid in AP-mode.
565
 * @txpower: TX power in dBm
566 567 568 569 570 571
 * @txpower_type: TX power adjustment used to control per packet Transmit
 *	Power Control (TPC) in lower driver for the current vif. In particular
 *	TPC is enabled if value passed in %txpower_type is
 *	NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED (allow using less than specified from
 *	userspace), whereas TPC is disabled if %txpower_type is set to
 *	NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED (use value configured from userspace)
J
Janusz Dziedzic 已提交
572
 * @p2p_noa_attr: P2P NoA attribute for P2P powersave
573 574 575
 * @allow_p2p_go_ps: indication for AP or P2P GO interface, whether it's allowed
 *	to use P2P PS mechanism or not. AP/P2P GO is not allowed to use P2P PS
 *	if it has associated clients without P2P PS support.
576 577 578 579 580 581 582
 * @max_idle_period: the time period during which the station can refrain from
 *	transmitting frames to its associated AP without being disassociated.
 *	In units of 1000 TUs. Zero value indicates that the AP did not include
 *	a (valid) BSS Max Idle Period Element.
 * @protected_keep_alive: if set, indicates that the station should send an RSN
 *	protected frame to the AP to reset the idle timer at the AP for the
 *	station.
583 584 585
 * @ftm_responder: whether to enable or disable fine timing measurement FTM
 *	responder functionality.
 * @ftmr_params: configurable lci/civic parameter when enabling FTM responder.
586 587
 */
struct ieee80211_bss_conf {
588
	const u8 *bssid;
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596
	u8 bss_color;
	u8 htc_trig_based_pkt_ext;
	bool multi_sta_back_32bit;
	bool uora_exists;
	bool ack_enabled;
	u8 uora_ocw_range;
	u16 frame_time_rts_th;
	bool he_support;
597
	/* association related data */
598
	bool assoc, ibss_joined;
599
	bool ibss_creator;
600 601 602 603
	u16 aid;
	/* erp related data */
	bool use_cts_prot;
	bool use_short_preamble;
604
	bool use_short_slot;
605
	bool enable_beacon;
606
	u8 dtim_period;
607 608
	u16 beacon_int;
	u16 assoc_capability;
609 610
	u64 sync_tsf;
	u32 sync_device_ts;
611
	u8 sync_dtim_count;
612
	u32 basic_rates;
613
	struct ieee80211_rate *beacon_rate;
614
	int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
615
	u16 ht_operation_mode;
616 617
	s32 cqm_rssi_thold;
	u32 cqm_rssi_hyst;
618 619
	s32 cqm_rssi_low;
	s32 cqm_rssi_high;
620
	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
621
	struct ieee80211_mu_group_data mu_group;
622
	__be32 arp_addr_list[IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN];
623
	int arp_addr_cnt;
624
	bool qos;
625
	bool idle;
E
Eliad Peller 已提交
626
	bool ps;
627 628 629
	u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
	size_t ssid_len;
	bool hidden_ssid;
630
	int txpower;
631
	enum nl80211_tx_power_setting txpower_type;
J
Janusz Dziedzic 已提交
632
	struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr p2p_noa_attr;
633
	bool allow_p2p_go_ps;
634 635
	u16 max_idle_period;
	bool protected_keep_alive;
636 637
	bool ftm_responder;
	struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params *ftmr_params;
638 639
};

640
/**
641
 * enum mac80211_tx_info_flags - flags to describe transmission information/status
642
 *
R
Randy Dunlap 已提交
643
 * These flags are used with the @flags member of &ieee80211_tx_info.
644
 *
645
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS: require TX status callback for this frame.
646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ: The driver has to assign a sequence
 *	number to this frame, taking care of not overwriting the fragment
 *	number and increasing the sequence number only when the
 *	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT flag is set. mac80211 will properly
 *	assign sequence numbers to QoS-data frames but cannot do so correctly
 *	for non-QoS-data and management frames because beacons need them from
 *	that counter as well and mac80211 cannot guarantee proper sequencing.
 *	If this flag is set, the driver should instruct the hardware to
 *	assign a sequence number to the frame or assign one itself. Cf. IEEE
 *	802.11-2007 7.1.3.4.1 paragraph 3. This flag will always be set for
 *	beacons and always be clear for frames without a sequence number field.
657 658 659 660 661 662
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK: tell the low level not to wait for an ack
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT: clear powersave filter for destination
 *	station
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT: this is a first fragment of the frame
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM: send this frame after DTIM beacon
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU: this frame should be sent as part of an A-MPDU
663
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED: Frame was injected, internal to mac80211.
664
 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED: The frame was not transmitted
665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672
 *	because the destination STA was in powersave mode. Note that to
 *	avoid race conditions, the filter must be set by the hardware or
 *	firmware upon receiving a frame that indicates that the station
 *	went to sleep (must be done on device to filter frames already on
 *	the queue) and may only be unset after mac80211 gives the OK for
 *	that by setting the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT (see above),
 *	since only then is it guaranteed that no more frames are in the
 *	hardware queue.
673 674 675
 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK: Frame was acknowledged
 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU: The frame was aggregated, so status
 * 	is for the whole aggregation.
676 677
 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK: no block ack was returned,
 * 	so consider using block ack request (BAR).
678 679 680
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE: internal to mac80211, can be
 *	set by rate control algorithms to indicate probe rate, will
 *	be cleared for fragmented frames (except on the last fragment)
681 682 683
 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK: Internal to mac80211. Used to indicate
 *	that a frame can be transmitted while the queues are stopped for
 *	off-channel operation.
684 685 686
 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING: completely internal to mac80211,
 *	used to indicate that a pending frame requires TX processing before
 *	it can be sent out.
687 688
 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED: completely internal to mac80211,
 *	used to indicate that a frame was already retried due to PS
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
689 690
 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT: completely internal to mac80211,
 *	used to indicate frame should not be encrypted
691 692 693
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER: This frame is a response to a poll
 *	frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD) or a non-bufferable MMPDU and must
 *	be sent although the station is in powersave mode.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
694 695 696 697
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES: More frames will be passed to the
 *	transmit function after the current frame, this can be used
 *	by drivers to kick the DMA queue only if unset or when the
 *	queue gets full.
698 699 700
 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION: This frame is being retransmitted
 *	after TX status because the destination was asleep, it must not
 *	be modified again (no seqno assignment, crypto, etc.)
701 702 703
 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX: This frame was transmitted by the MLME
 *	code for connection establishment, this indicates that its status
 *	should kick the MLME state machine.
704 705 706
 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX: Frame was requested through nl80211
 *	MLME command (internal to mac80211 to figure out whether to send TX
 *	status to user space)
707
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC: tells the driver to use LDPC for this frame
708 709
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC: Enables Space-Time Block Coding (STBC) for this
 *	frame and selects the maximum number of streams that it can use.
710 711 712 713
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN: Marks this packet to be transmitted on
 *	the off-channel channel when a remain-on-channel offload is done
 *	in hardware -- normal packets still flow and are expected to be
 *	handled properly by the device.
714 715 716
 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE: Marks this packet to be used for TKIP
 *	testing. It will be sent out with incorrect Michael MIC key to allow
 *	TKIP countermeasures to be tested.
717 718 719
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE: This frame will be sent at non CCK rate.
 *	This flag is actually used for management frame especially for P2P
 *	frames not being sent at CCK rate in 2GHz band.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
720 721 722
 * @IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP: This packet marks the end of service period,
 *	when its status is reported the service period ends. For frames in
 *	an SP that mac80211 transmits, it is already set; for driver frames
723 724
 *	the driver may set this flag. It is also used to do the same for
 *	PS-Poll responses.
725 726 727
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE: This frame will be sent at lowest rate.
 *	This flag is used to send nullfunc frame at minimum rate when
 *	the nullfunc is used for connection monitoring purpose.
728 729 730
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG: Don't fragment this packet even if it
 *	would be fragmented by size (this is optional, only used for
 *	monitor injection).
731 732 733 734 735
 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED: A frame that was marked with
 *	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK has been successfully transmitted without
 *	any errors (like issues specific to the driver/HW).
 *	This flag must not be set for frames that don't request no-ack
 *	behaviour with IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK.
736 737 738
 *
 * Note: If you have to add new flags to the enumeration, then don't
 *	 forget to update %IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS when necessary.
739
 */
740
enum mac80211_tx_info_flags {
741
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS		= BIT(0),
742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ		= BIT(1),
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK			= BIT(2),
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT		= BIT(3),
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT		= BIT(4),
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM	= BIT(5),
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU			= BIT(6),
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED		= BIT(7),
	IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED		= BIT(8),
	IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK			= BIT(9),
	IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU			= BIT(10),
	IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK		= BIT(11),
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE	= BIT(12),
754
	IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK	= BIT(13),
755
	IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING	= BIT(14),
756
	IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED		= BIT(15),
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
757
	IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT		= BIT(16),
758
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER		= BIT(17),
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
759
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES		= BIT(18),
760
	IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION	= BIT(19),
761
	IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX		= BIT(20),
762
	IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX	= BIT(21),
763
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC			= BIT(22),
764
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC			= BIT(23) | BIT(24),
765
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN		= BIT(25),
766
	IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE	= BIT(26),
767
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE		= BIT(27),
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
768
	IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP		= BIT(28),
769
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE		= BIT(29),
770
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG		= BIT(30),
771
	IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED	= BIT(31),
772 773
};

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
774 775
#define IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC_SHIFT		23

776 777 778 779 780
/**
 * enum mac80211_tx_control_flags - flags to describe transmit control
 *
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PORT_CTRL_PROTO: this frame is a port control
 *	protocol frame (e.g. EAP)
781 782
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PS_RESPONSE: This frame is a response to a poll
 *	frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD).
783
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_RATE_INJECT: This frame is injected with rate information
F
Felix Fietkau 已提交
784
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_AMSDU: This frame is an A-MSDU frame
785
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_FAST_XMIT: This frame is going through the fast_xmit path
786 787 788 789 790
 *
 * These flags are used in tx_info->control.flags.
 */
enum mac80211_tx_control_flags {
	IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PORT_CTRL_PROTO	= BIT(0),
791
	IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PS_RESPONSE		= BIT(1),
792
	IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_RATE_INJECT		= BIT(2),
F
Felix Fietkau 已提交
793
	IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_AMSDU			= BIT(3),
794
	IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_FAST_XMIT		= BIT(4),
795 796
};

797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805
/*
 * This definition is used as a mask to clear all temporary flags, which are
 * set by the tx handlers for each transmission attempt by the mac80211 stack.
 */
#define IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS (IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK |		      \
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT |    \
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU |	      \
	IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED |	IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK |		      \
	IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK |	      \
806
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER |    \
807
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC |		      \
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
808
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC | IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP)
809

810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821
/**
 * enum mac80211_rate_control_flags - per-rate flags set by the
 *	Rate Control algorithm.
 *
 * These flags are set by the Rate control algorithm for each rate during tx,
 * in the @flags member of struct ieee80211_tx_rate.
 *
 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS: Use RTS/CTS exchange for this rate.
 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT: CTS-to-self protection is required.
 *	This is set if the current BSS requires ERP protection.
 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Use short preamble.
 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS: HT rate.
822 823
 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS: VHT MCS rate, in this case the idx field is split
 *	into a higher 4 bits (Nss) and lower 4 bits (MCS number)
824 825 826
 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD: Indicates whether this rate should be used in
 *	Greenfield mode.
 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates if the Channel Width should be 40 MHz.
827 828 829
 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 80 MHz transmission
 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 160 MHz transmission
 *	(80+80 isn't supported yet)
830 831 832 833 834
 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA: The frame should be transmitted on both of the
 *	adjacent 20 MHz channels, if the current channel type is
 *	NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS or NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS.
 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI: Short Guard interval should be used for this rate.
 */
835 836 837 838 839
enum mac80211_rate_control_flags {
	IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS		= BIT(0),
	IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT		= BIT(1),
	IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE	= BIT(2),

840
	/* rate index is an HT/VHT MCS instead of an index */
841 842 843 844 845
	IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS			= BIT(3),
	IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD		= BIT(4),
	IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH		= BIT(5),
	IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA		= BIT(6),
	IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI		= BIT(7),
846 847 848
	IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS			= BIT(8),
	IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH		= BIT(9),
	IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH		= BIT(10),
849 850 851 852 853
};


/* there are 40 bytes if you don't need the rateset to be kept */
#define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 40
854

855 856
/* if you do need the rateset, then you have less space */
#define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 24
857

858
/* maximum number of rate stages */
859
#define IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES	4
860

861 862 863
/* maximum number of rate table entries */
#define IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE	4

864
/**
865
 * struct ieee80211_tx_rate - rate selection/status
866
 *
867 868
 * @idx: rate index to attempt to send with
 * @flags: rate control flags (&enum mac80211_rate_control_flags)
869
 * @count: number of tries in this rate before going to the next rate
870 871 872 873 874 875
 *
 * A value of -1 for @idx indicates an invalid rate and, if used
 * in an array of retry rates, that no more rates should be tried.
 *
 * When used for transmit status reporting, the driver should
 * always report the rate along with the flags it used.
876 877 878 879 880
 *
 * &struct ieee80211_tx_info contains an array of these structs
 * in the control information, and it will be filled by the rate
 * control algorithm according to what should be sent. For example,
 * if this array contains, in the format { <idx>, <count> } the
J
Jani Nikula 已提交
881 882
 * information::
 *
883
 *    { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 4 }, { -1, 0 }, { -1, 0 }
J
Jani Nikula 已提交
884
 *
885 886 887 888
 * then this means that the frame should be transmitted
 * up to twice at rate 3, up to twice at rate 2, and up to four
 * times at rate 1 if it doesn't get acknowledged. Say it gets
 * acknowledged by the peer after the fifth attempt, the status
J
Jani Nikula 已提交
889 890
 * information should then contain::
 *
891
 *   { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 1 }, { -1, 0 } ...
J
Jani Nikula 已提交
892
 *
893 894
 * since it was transmitted twice at rate 3, twice at rate 2
 * and once at rate 1 after which we received an acknowledgement.
895
 */
896 897
struct ieee80211_tx_rate {
	s8 idx;
898 899
	u16 count:5,
	    flags:11;
900
} __packed;
901

902 903 904 905 906 907
#define IEEE80211_MAX_TX_RETRY		31

static inline void ieee80211_rate_set_vht(struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate,
					  u8 mcs, u8 nss)
{
	WARN_ON(mcs & ~0xF);
K
Karl Beldan 已提交
908 909
	WARN_ON((nss - 1) & ~0x7);
	rate->idx = ((nss - 1) << 4) | mcs;
910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920
}

static inline u8
ieee80211_rate_get_vht_mcs(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate)
{
	return rate->idx & 0xF;
}

static inline u8
ieee80211_rate_get_vht_nss(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate)
{
K
Karl Beldan 已提交
921
	return (rate->idx >> 4) + 1;
922 923
}

924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932
/**
 * struct ieee80211_tx_info - skb transmit information
 *
 * This structure is placed in skb->cb for three uses:
 *  (1) mac80211 TX control - mac80211 tells the driver what to do
 *  (2) driver internal use (if applicable)
 *  (3) TX status information - driver tells mac80211 what happened
 *
 * @flags: transmit info flags, defined above
933
 * @band: the band to transmit on (use for checking for races)
934
 * @hw_queue: HW queue to put the frame on, skb_get_queue_mapping() gives the AC
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
935
 * @ack_frame_id: internal frame ID for TX status, used internally
R
Randy Dunlap 已提交
936 937 938
 * @control: union for control data
 * @status: union for status data
 * @driver_data: array of driver_data pointers
939
 * @ampdu_ack_len: number of acked aggregated frames.
D
Daniel Halperin 已提交
940
 * 	relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set.
941
 * @ampdu_len: number of aggregated frames.
D
Daniel Halperin 已提交
942
 * 	relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set.
943
 * @ack_signal: signal strength of the ACK frame
944
 */
945 946 947 948
struct ieee80211_tx_info {
	/* common information */
	u32 flags;
	u8 band;
949

950
	u8 hw_queue;
951

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
952
	u16 ack_frame_id;
953 954 955

	union {
		struct {
956 957 958 959 960 961
			union {
				/* rate control */
				struct {
					struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[
						IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
					s8 rts_cts_rate_idx;
962 963
					u8 use_rts:1;
					u8 use_cts_prot:1;
964 965
					u8 short_preamble:1;
					u8 skip_table:1;
966
					/* 2 bytes free */
967 968 969 970
				};
				/* only needed before rate control */
				unsigned long jiffies;
			};
971
			/* NB: vif can be NULL for injected frames */
972
			struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
973
			struct ieee80211_key_conf *hw_key;
974
			u32 flags;
975
			codel_time_t enqueue_time;
976
		} control;
977 978 979
		struct {
			u64 cookie;
		} ack;
980
		struct {
981
			struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
982
			s32 ack_signal;
983
			u8 ampdu_ack_len;
984
			u8 ampdu_len;
985
			u8 antenna;
986
			u16 tx_time;
987
			bool is_valid_ack_signal;
988
			void *status_driver_data[19 / sizeof(void *)];
989
		} status;
990 991 992
		struct {
			struct ieee80211_tx_rate driver_rates[
				IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
993 994
			u8 pad[4];

995 996 997 998 999
			void *rate_driver_data[
				IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)];
		};
		void *driver_data[
			IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)];
1000
	};
1001 1002
};

1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015
/**
 * struct ieee80211_tx_status - extended tx staus info for rate control
 *
 * @sta: Station that the packet was transmitted for
 * @info: Basic tx status information
 * @skb: Packet skb (can be NULL if not provided by the driver)
 */
struct ieee80211_tx_status {
	struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
	struct ieee80211_tx_info *info;
	struct sk_buff *skb;
};

1016 1017 1018
/**
 * struct ieee80211_scan_ies - descriptors for different blocks of IEs
 *
D
David Spinadel 已提交
1019 1020 1021
 * This structure is used to point to different blocks of IEs in HW scan
 * and scheduled scan. These blocks contain the IEs passed by userspace
 * and the ones generated by mac80211.
1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028
 *
 * @ies: pointers to band specific IEs.
 * @len: lengths of band_specific IEs.
 * @common_ies: IEs for all bands (especially vendor specific ones)
 * @common_ie_len: length of the common_ies
 */
struct ieee80211_scan_ies {
1029 1030
	const u8 *ies[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
	size_t len[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1031 1032 1033 1034 1035
	const u8 *common_ies;
	size_t common_ie_len;
};


1036 1037 1038 1039
static inline struct ieee80211_tx_info *IEEE80211_SKB_CB(struct sk_buff *skb)
{
	return (struct ieee80211_tx_info *)skb->cb;
}
1040

1041 1042 1043 1044 1045
static inline struct ieee80211_rx_status *IEEE80211_SKB_RXCB(struct sk_buff *skb)
{
	return (struct ieee80211_rx_status *)skb->cb;
}

1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074
/**
 * ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status - clear TX status
 *
 * @info: The &struct ieee80211_tx_info to be cleared.
 *
 * When the driver passes an skb back to mac80211, it must report
 * a number of things in TX status. This function clears everything
 * in the TX status but the rate control information (it does clear
 * the count since you need to fill that in anyway).
 *
 * NOTE: You can only use this function if you do NOT use
 *	 info->driver_data! Use info->rate_driver_data
 *	 instead if you need only the less space that allows.
 */
static inline void
ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status(struct ieee80211_tx_info *info)
{
	int i;

	BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) !=
		     offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, control.rates));
	BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) !=
		     offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, driver_rates));
	BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) != 8);
	/* clear the rate counts */
	for (i = 0; i < IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES; i++)
		info->status.rates[i].count = 0;

	BUILD_BUG_ON(
1075
	    offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.ack_signal) != 20);
1076 1077 1078 1079 1080
	memset(&info->status.ampdu_ack_len, 0,
	       sizeof(struct ieee80211_tx_info) -
	       offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.ampdu_ack_len));
}

1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090

/**
 * enum mac80211_rx_flags - receive flags
 *
 * These flags are used with the @flag member of &struct ieee80211_rx_status.
 * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR: Michael MIC error was reported on this frame.
 *	Use together with %RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED.
 * @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED: This frame was decrypted in hardware.
 * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED: the Michael MIC is stripped off this frame,
 *	verification has been done by the hardware.
1091
 * @RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED: The IV and ICV are stripped from this frame.
1092 1093
 *	If this flag is set, the stack cannot do any replay detection
 *	hence the driver or hardware will have to do that.
1094 1095 1096 1097
 * @RX_FLAG_PN_VALIDATED: Currently only valid for CCMP/GCMP frames, this
 *	flag indicates that the PN was verified for replay protection.
 *	Note that this flag is also currently only supported when a frame
 *	is also decrypted (ie. @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED must be set)
1098 1099
 * @RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED: The driver should set this flag if it did
 *	de-duplication by itself.
1100 1101 1102 1103
 * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC: Set this flag if the FCS check failed on
 *	the frame.
 * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC: Set this flag if the PCLP check failed on
 *	the frame.
1104
 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1105 1106 1107
 *	field) is valid and contains the time the first symbol of the MPDU
 *	was received. This is useful in monitor mode and for proper IBSS
 *	merging.
1108 1109 1110
 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
 *	field) is valid and contains the time the last symbol of the MPDU
 *	(including FCS) was received.
1111 1112
 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
 *	field) is valid and contains the time the SYNC preamble was received.
1113 1114
 * @RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL: The signal strength value is not present.
 *	Valid only for data frames (mainly A-MPDU)
1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124
 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS: A-MPDU details are known, in particular the reference
 *	number (@ampdu_reference) must be populated and be a distinct number for
 *	each A-MPDU
 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN: last subframe is known, should be set on all
 *	subframes of a single A-MPDU
 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST: this subframe is the last subframe of the A-MPDU
 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR: A delimiter CRC error has been detected
 *	on this subframe
 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN: The delimiter CRC field is known (the CRC
 *	is stored in the @ampdu_delimiter_crc field)
1125 1126
 * @RX_FLAG_MIC_STRIPPED: The mic was stripped of this packet. Decryption was
 *	done by the hardware
1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134
 * @RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR: Report frame only to monitor interfaces without
 *	processing it in any regular way.
 *	This is useful if drivers offload some frames but still want to report
 *	them for sniffing purposes.
 * @RX_FLAG_SKIP_MONITOR: Process and report frame to all interfaces except
 *	monitor interfaces.
 *	This is useful if drivers offload some frames but still want to report
 *	them for sniffing purposes.
1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143
 * @RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE: Some drivers may prefer to report separate A-MSDU
 *	subframes instead of a one huge frame for performance reasons.
 *	All, but the last MSDU from an A-MSDU should have this flag set. E.g.
 *	if an A-MSDU has 3 frames, the first 2 must have the flag set, while
 *	the 3rd (last) one must not have this flag set. The flag is used to
 *	deal with retransmission/duplication recovery properly since A-MSDU
 *	subframes share the same sequence number. Reported subframes can be
 *	either regular MSDU or singly A-MSDUs. Subframes must not be
 *	interleaved with other frames.
1144 1145 1146
 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_VENDOR_DATA: This frame contains vendor-specific
 *	radiotap data in the skb->data (before the frame) as described by
 *	the &struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap.
1147 1148 1149
 * @RX_FLAG_ALLOW_SAME_PN: Allow the same PN as same packet before.
 *	This is used for AMSDU subframes which can have the same PN as
 *	the first subframe.
1150 1151
 * @RX_FLAG_ICV_STRIPPED: The ICV is stripped from this frame. CRC checking must
 *	be done in the hardware.
1152 1153 1154
 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT: Value of the EOF bit in the A-MPDU delimiter for this
 *	frame
 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT_KNOWN: The EOF value is known
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166
 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE: HE radiotap data is present
 *	(&struct ieee80211_radiotap_he, mac80211 will fill in
 *	 - DATA3_DATA_MCS
 *	 - DATA3_DATA_DCM
 *	 - DATA3_CODING
 *	 - DATA5_GI
 *	 - DATA5_DATA_BW_RU_ALLOC
 *	 - DATA6_NSTS
 *	 - DATA3_STBC
 *	from the RX info data, so leave those zeroed when building this data)
 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE_MU: HE MU radiotap data is present
 *	(&struct ieee80211_radiotap_he_mu)
1167
 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_LSIG: L-SIG radiotap data is present
1168 1169 1170 1171
 * @RX_FLAG_NO_PSDU: use the frame only for radiotap reporting, with
 *	the "0-length PSDU" field included there.  The value for it is
 *	in &struct ieee80211_rx_status.  Note that if this value isn't
 *	known the frame shouldn't be reported.
1172 1173
 */
enum mac80211_rx_flags {
1174 1175
	RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR		= BIT(0),
	RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED		= BIT(1),
1176
	RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START	= BIT(2),
1177 1178 1179 1180
	RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED		= BIT(3),
	RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED		= BIT(4),
	RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC		= BIT(5),
	RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC 	= BIT(6),
1181
	RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START		= BIT(7),
1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197
	RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL		= BIT(8),
	RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS		= BIT(9),
	RX_FLAG_PN_VALIDATED		= BIT(10),
	RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED		= BIT(11),
	RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN	= BIT(12),
	RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST		= BIT(13),
	RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR	= BIT(14),
	RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN	= BIT(15),
	RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END		= BIT(16),
	RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR		= BIT(17),
	RX_FLAG_SKIP_MONITOR		= BIT(18),
	RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE		= BIT(19),
	RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_VENDOR_DATA	= BIT(20),
	RX_FLAG_MIC_STRIPPED		= BIT(21),
	RX_FLAG_ALLOW_SAME_PN		= BIT(22),
	RX_FLAG_ICV_STRIPPED		= BIT(23),
1198 1199
	RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT		= BIT(24),
	RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT_KNOWN	= BIT(25),
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
1200 1201
	RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE		= BIT(26),
	RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE_MU		= BIT(27),
1202
	RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_LSIG		= BIT(28),
1203
	RX_FLAG_NO_PSDU			= BIT(29),
1204 1205
};

1206
/**
1207
 * enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags - MCS & bandwidth flags
1208
 *
1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217
 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE: Short preamble was used for this frame
 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI: Short guard interval was used
 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF: This frame was received in a HT-greenfield transmission,
 *	if the driver fills this value it should add
 *	%IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_FMT
 *	to hw.radiotap_mcs_details to advertise that fact
 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC: LDPC was used
 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK: STBC 2 bit bitmask. 1 - Nss=1, 2 - Nss=2, 3 - Nss=3
 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_BF: packet was beamformed
1218
 */
1219 1220
enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags {
	RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE		= BIT(0),
1221 1222 1223 1224 1225
	RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI		= BIT(2),
	RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF		= BIT(3),
	RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK		= BIT(4) | BIT(5),
	RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC		= BIT(6),
	RX_ENC_FLAG_BF			= BIT(7),
1226 1227
};

1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233
#define RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT		4

enum mac80211_rx_encoding {
	RX_ENC_LEGACY = 0,
	RX_ENC_HT,
	RX_ENC_VHT,
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
1234
	RX_ENC_HE,
1235
};
1236

1237 1238 1239 1240 1241
/**
 * struct ieee80211_rx_status - receive status
 *
 * The low-level driver should provide this information (the subset
 * supported by hardware) to the 802.11 code with each received
1242
 * frame, in the skb's control buffer (cb).
1243
 *
1244 1245
 * @mactime: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization Function
 * 	(TSF) timer when the first data symbol (MPDU) arrived at the hardware.
1246 1247
 * @boottime_ns: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp the frame was received at, this is
 *	needed only for beacons and probe responses that update the scan cache.
1248 1249
 * @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, mac80211 doesn't use
 *	it but can store it and pass it back to the driver for synchronisation
1250
 * @band: the active band when this frame was received
1251
 * @freq: frequency the radio was tuned to when receiving this frame, in MHz
1252 1253
 *	This field must be set for management frames, but isn't strictly needed
 *	for data (other) frames - for those it only affects radiotap reporting.
1254 1255 1256
 * @signal: signal strength when receiving this frame, either in dBm, in dB or
 *	unspecified depending on the hardware capabilities flags
 *	@IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_*
1257 1258 1259 1260
 * @chains: bitmask of receive chains for which separate signal strength
 *	values were filled.
 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength, in dBm (unlike @signal, doesn't
 *	support dB or unspecified units)
1261
 * @antenna: antenna used
1262
 * @rate_idx: index of data rate into band's supported rates or MCS index if
1263
 *	HT or VHT is used (%RX_FLAG_HT/%RX_FLAG_VHT)
1264
 * @nss: number of streams (VHT and HE only)
J
Jani Nikula 已提交
1265
 * @flag: %RX_FLAG_\*
1266 1267
 * @encoding: &enum mac80211_rx_encoding
 * @bw: &enum rate_info_bw
1268
 * @enc_flags: uses bits from &enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
1269 1270 1271
 * @he_ru: HE RU, from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc
 * @he_gi: HE GI, from &enum nl80211_he_gi
 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value
1272
 * @rx_flags: internal RX flags for mac80211
1273 1274 1275
 * @ampdu_reference: A-MPDU reference number, must be a different value for
 *	each A-MPDU but the same for each subframe within one A-MPDU
 * @ampdu_delimiter_crc: A-MPDU delimiter CRC
1276
 * @zero_length_psdu_type: radiotap type of the 0-length PSDU
1277
 */
1278 1279
struct ieee80211_rx_status {
	u64 mactime;
1280
	u64 boottime_ns;
1281
	u32 device_timestamp;
1282
	u32 ampdu_reference;
1283
	u32 flag;
1284
	u16 freq;
1285
	u8 enc_flags;
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
1286 1287
	u8 encoding:2, bw:3, he_ru:3;
	u8 he_gi:2, he_dcm:1;
1288
	u8 rate_idx;
1289
	u8 nss;
1290 1291 1292 1293
	u8 rx_flags;
	u8 band;
	u8 antenna;
	s8 signal;
1294 1295
	u8 chains;
	s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
1296
	u8 ampdu_delimiter_crc;
1297
	u8 zero_length_psdu_type;
1298 1299
};

1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332
/**
 * struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap - vendor radiotap data information
 * @present: presence bitmap for this vendor namespace
 *	(this could be extended in the future if any vendor needs more
 *	 bits, the radiotap spec does allow for that)
 * @align: radiotap vendor namespace alignment. This defines the needed
 *	alignment for the @data field below, not for the vendor namespace
 *	description itself (which has a fixed 2-byte alignment)
 *	Must be a power of two, and be set to at least 1!
 * @oui: radiotap vendor namespace OUI
 * @subns: radiotap vendor sub namespace
 * @len: radiotap vendor sub namespace skip length, if alignment is done
 *	then that's added to this, i.e. this is only the length of the
 *	@data field.
 * @pad: number of bytes of padding after the @data, this exists so that
 *	the skb data alignment can be preserved even if the data has odd
 *	length
 * @data: the actual vendor namespace data
 *
 * This struct, including the vendor data, goes into the skb->data before
 * the 802.11 header. It's split up in mac80211 using the align/oui/subns
 * data.
 */
struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap {
	u32 present;
	u8 align;
	u8 oui[3];
	u8 subns;
	u8 pad;
	u16 len;
	u8 data[];
} __packed;

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1333 1334 1335 1336 1337
/**
 * enum ieee80211_conf_flags - configuration flags
 *
 * Flags to define PHY configuration options
 *
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1338 1339 1340
 * @IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR: there's a monitor interface present -- use this
 *	to determine for example whether to calculate timestamps for packets
 *	or not, do not use instead of filter flags!
1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347
 * @IEEE80211_CONF_PS: Enable 802.11 power save mode (managed mode only).
 *	This is the power save mode defined by IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2,
 *	meaning that the hardware still wakes up for beacons, is able to
 *	transmit frames and receive the possible acknowledgment frames.
 *	Not to be confused with hardware specific wakeup/sleep states,
 *	driver is responsible for that. See the section "Powersave support"
 *	for more.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1348 1349 1350 1351 1352
 * @IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE: The device is running, but idle; if the flag is set
 *	the driver should be prepared to handle configuration requests but
 *	may turn the device off as much as possible. Typically, this flag will
 *	be set when an interface is set UP but not associated or scanning, but
 *	it can also be unset in that case when monitor interfaces are active.
1353 1354
 * @IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL: The device is currently not on its main
 *	operating channel.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1355 1356
 */
enum ieee80211_conf_flags {
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1357
	IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR		= (1<<0),
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1358
	IEEE80211_CONF_PS		= (1<<1),
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1359
	IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE		= (1<<2),
1360
	IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL	= (1<<3),
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1361
};
1362

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1363

1364 1365 1366 1367
/**
 * enum ieee80211_conf_changed - denotes which configuration changed
 *
 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL: the listen interval changed
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1368
 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR: the monitor flag changed
1369
 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS: the PS flag or dynamic PS timeout changed
1370
 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER: the TX power changed
1371
 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL: the channel/channel_type changed
1372
 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS: retry limits changed
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1373
 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE: Idle flag changed
1374
 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS: Spatial multiplexing powersave mode changed
1375 1376
 *	Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used,
 *	otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed.
1377 1378
 */
enum ieee80211_conf_changed {
1379
	IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS		= BIT(1),
1380
	IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL	= BIT(2),
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1381
	IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR		= BIT(3),
1382
	IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS		= BIT(4),
1383 1384 1385
	IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER		= BIT(5),
	IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL		= BIT(6),
	IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS	= BIT(7),
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1386
	IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE		= BIT(8),
1387 1388
};

1389 1390 1391
/**
 * enum ieee80211_smps_mode - spatial multiplexing power save mode
 *
1392 1393 1394 1395 1396
 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC: automatic
 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF: off
 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC: static
 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic
 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES: internal, don't use
1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407
 */
enum ieee80211_smps_mode {
	IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC,
	IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF,
	IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC,
	IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,

	/* keep last */
	IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES,
};

1408 1409 1410 1411 1412
/**
 * struct ieee80211_conf - configuration of the device
 *
 * This struct indicates how the driver shall configure the hardware.
 *
1413 1414
 * @flags: configuration flags defined above
 *
1415
 * @listen_interval: listen interval in units of beacon interval
1416 1417 1418
 * @ps_dtim_period: The DTIM period of the AP we're connected to, for use
 *	in power saving. Power saving will not be enabled until a beacon
 *	has been received and the DTIM period is known.
1419 1420 1421 1422
 * @dynamic_ps_timeout: The dynamic powersave timeout (in ms), see the
 *	powersave documentation below. This variable is valid only when
 *	the CONF_PS flag is set.
 *
1423 1424
 * @power_level: requested transmit power (in dBm), backward compatibility
 *	value only that is set to the minimum of all interfaces
1425
 *
1426
 * @chandef: the channel definition to tune to
1427
 * @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled
1428
 *
1429
 * @long_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "long" frame
1430 1431
 *	(a frame not RTS protected), called "dot11LongRetryLimit" in 802.11,
 *	but actually means the number of transmissions not the number of retries
1432
 * @short_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "short"
1433 1434
 *	frame, called "dot11ShortRetryLimit" in 802.11, but actually means the
 *	number of transmissions not the number of retries
1435 1436 1437
 *
 * @smps_mode: spatial multiplexing powersave mode; note that
 *	%IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC is used when the device is not
1438 1439 1440
 *	configured for an HT channel.
 *	Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used,
 *	otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed.
1441 1442
 */
struct ieee80211_conf {
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1443
	u32 flags;
1444
	int power_level, dynamic_ps_timeout;
1445

1446
	u16 listen_interval;
1447
	u8 ps_dtim_period;
1448

1449 1450
	u8 long_frame_max_tx_count, short_frame_max_tx_count;

1451
	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1452
	bool radar_enabled;
1453
	enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
1454 1455
};

1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465
/**
 * struct ieee80211_channel_switch - holds the channel switch data
 *
 * The information provided in this structure is required for channel switch
 * operation.
 *
 * @timestamp: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization
 *	Function (TSF) timer when the frame containing the channel switch
 *	announcement was received. This is simply the rx.mactime parameter
 *	the driver passed into mac80211.
1466 1467
 * @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, this is the
 *	rx.device_timestamp parameter the driver passed to mac80211.
1468 1469
 * @block_tx: Indicates whether transmission must be blocked before the
 *	scheduled channel switch, as indicated by the AP.
1470
 * @chandef: the new channel to switch to
1471 1472 1473 1474
 * @count: the number of TBTT's until the channel switch event
 */
struct ieee80211_channel_switch {
	u64 timestamp;
1475
	u32 device_timestamp;
1476
	bool block_tx;
1477
	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1478 1479 1480
	u8 count;
};

1481 1482 1483 1484 1485
/**
 * enum ieee80211_vif_flags - virtual interface flags
 *
 * @IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER: the device performs beacon filtering
 *	on this virtual interface to avoid unnecessary CPU wakeups
1486 1487 1488 1489
 * @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI: the device can do connection quality
 *	monitoring on this virtual interface -- i.e. it can monitor
 *	connection quality related parameters, such as the RSSI level and
 *	provide notifications if configured trigger levels are reached.
1490 1491 1492 1493
 * @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD: The device can do U-APSD for this
 *	interface. This flag should be set during interface addition,
 *	but may be set/cleared as late as authentication to an AP. It is
 *	only valid for managed/station mode interfaces.
1494 1495 1496
 * @IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE: request to handle NOA attributes
 *	and send P2P_PS notification to the driver if NOA changed, even
 *	this is not pure P2P vif.
1497 1498 1499
 */
enum ieee80211_vif_flags {
	IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER		= BIT(0),
1500
	IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI		= BIT(1),
1501
	IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD		= BIT(2),
1502
	IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE		= BIT(3),
1503 1504
};

1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510
/**
 * struct ieee80211_vif - per-interface data
 *
 * Data in this structure is continually present for driver
 * use during the life of a virtual interface.
 *
1511
 * @type: type of this virtual interface
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1512 1513
 * @bss_conf: BSS configuration for this interface, either our own
 *	or the BSS we're associated to
1514
 * @addr: address of this interface
1515 1516
 * @p2p: indicates whether this AP or STA interface is a p2p
 *	interface, i.e. a GO or p2p-sta respectively
1517 1518 1519
 * @csa_active: marks whether a channel switch is going on. Internally it is
 *	write-protected by sdata_lock and local->mtx so holding either is fine
 *	for read access.
1520
 * @mu_mimo_owner: indicates interface owns MU-MIMO capability
1521 1522 1523 1524
 * @driver_flags: flags/capabilities the driver has for this interface,
 *	these need to be set (or cleared) when the interface is added
 *	or, if supported by the driver, the interface type is changed
 *	at runtime, mac80211 will never touch this field
1525 1526
 * @hw_queue: hardware queue for each AC
 * @cab_queue: content-after-beacon (DTIM beacon really) queue, AP mode only
1527 1528 1529 1530 1531
 * @chanctx_conf: The channel context this interface is assigned to, or %NULL
 *	when it is not assigned. This pointer is RCU-protected due to the TX
 *	path needing to access it; even though the netdev carrier will always
 *	be off when it is %NULL there can still be races and packets could be
 *	processed after it switches back to %NULL.
1532
 * @debugfs_dir: debugfs dentry, can be used by drivers to create own per
1533
 *	interface debug files. Note that it will be NULL for the virtual
1534
 *	monitor interface (if that is requested.)
1535 1536
 * @probe_req_reg: probe requests should be reported to mac80211 for this
 *	interface.
1537
 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
J
Jani Nikula 已提交
1538
 *	sizeof(void \*).
1539
 * @txq: the multicast data TX queue (if driver uses the TXQ abstraction)
1540 1541
 * @txqs_stopped: per AC flag to indicate that intermediate TXQs are stopped,
 *	protected by fq->lock.
1542 1543
 */
struct ieee80211_vif {
1544
	enum nl80211_iftype type;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1545
	struct ieee80211_bss_conf bss_conf;
M
Michael Braun 已提交
1546
	u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1547
	bool p2p;
1548
	bool csa_active;
1549
	bool mu_mimo_owner;
1550 1551 1552 1553

	u8 cab_queue;
	u8 hw_queue[IEEE80211_NUM_ACS];

1554 1555
	struct ieee80211_txq *txq;

1556 1557
	struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf __rcu *chanctx_conf;

1558
	u32 driver_flags;
1559

1560 1561 1562 1563
#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS
	struct dentry *debugfs_dir;
#endif

1564 1565
	unsigned int probe_req_reg;

1566 1567
	bool txqs_stopped[IEEE80211_NUM_ACS];

1568
	/* must be last */
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1569
	u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
1570 1571
};

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1572 1573 1574
static inline bool ieee80211_vif_is_mesh(struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
{
#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH
1575
	return vif->type == NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1576 1577 1578 1579
#endif
	return false;
}

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592
/**
 * wdev_to_ieee80211_vif - return a vif struct from a wdev
 * @wdev: the wdev to get the vif for
 *
 * This can be used by mac80211 drivers with direct cfg80211 APIs
 * (like the vendor commands) that get a wdev.
 *
 * Note that this function may return %NULL if the given wdev isn't
 * associated with a vif that the driver knows about (e.g. monitor
 * or AP_VLAN interfaces.)
 */
struct ieee80211_vif *wdev_to_ieee80211_vif(struct wireless_dev *wdev);

1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605
/**
 * ieee80211_vif_to_wdev - return a wdev struct from a vif
 * @vif: the vif to get the wdev for
 *
 * This can be used by mac80211 drivers with direct cfg80211 APIs
 * (like the vendor commands) that needs to get the wdev for a vif.
 *
 * Note that this function may return %NULL if the given wdev isn't
 * associated with a vif that the driver knows about (e.g. monitor
 * or AP_VLAN interfaces.)
 */
struct wireless_dev *ieee80211_vif_to_wdev(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);

1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613
/**
 * enum ieee80211_key_flags - key flags
 *
 * These flags are used for communication about keys between the driver
 * and mac80211, with the @flags parameter of &struct ieee80211_key_conf.
 *
 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV: This flag should be set by the
 *	driver to indicate that it requires IV generation for this
1614 1615
 *	particular key. Setting this flag does not necessarily mean that SKBs
 *	will have sufficient tailroom for ICV or MIC.
1616 1617 1618
 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC: This flag should be set by
 *	the driver for a TKIP key if it requires Michael MIC
 *	generation in software.
1619 1620
 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE: Set by mac80211, this flag indicates
 *	that the key is pairwise rather then a shared key.
1621
 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX: This flag should be set by the driver for a
1622 1623
 *	CCMP/GCMP key if it requires CCMP/GCMP encryption of management frames
 *	(MFP) to be done in software.
1624
 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE: This flag should be set by the driver
1625
 *	if space should be prepared for the IV, but the IV
1626
 *	itself should not be generated. Do not set together with
1627 1628 1629
 *	@IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV on the same key. Setting this flag does
 *	not necessarily mean that SKBs will have sufficient tailroom for ICV or
 *	MIC.
1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636
 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT: This key will be used to decrypt received
 *	management frames. The flag can help drivers that have a hardware
 *	crypto implementation that doesn't deal with management frames
 *	properly by allowing them to not upload the keys to hardware and
 *	fall back to software crypto. Note that this flag deals only with
 *	RX, if your crypto engine can't deal with TX you can also set the
 *	%IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX flag to encrypt such frames in SW.
1637
 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV_MGMT: This flag should be set by the
1638
 *	driver for a CCMP/GCMP key to indicate that is requires IV generation
1639
 *	only for managment frames (MFP).
1640 1641 1642
 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM: This flag should be set by the
 *	driver for a key to indicate that sufficient tailroom must always
 *	be reserved for ICV or MIC, even when HW encryption is enabled.
1643 1644 1645
 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_MIC_SPACE: This flag should be set by the driver for
 *	a TKIP key if it only requires MIC space. Do not set together with
 *	@IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC on the same key.
1646
 */
1647
enum ieee80211_key_flags {
1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654
	IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV_MGMT	= BIT(0),
	IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV		= BIT(1),
	IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC	= BIT(2),
	IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE		= BIT(3),
	IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX		= BIT(4),
	IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE		= BIT(5),
	IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT		= BIT(6),
1655
	IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM	= BIT(7),
1656
	IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_MIC_SPACE	= BIT(8),
1657
};
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1658

1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666
/**
 * struct ieee80211_key_conf - key information
 *
 * This key information is given by mac80211 to the driver by
 * the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops.
 *
 * @hw_key_idx: To be set by the driver, this is the key index the driver
 *	wants to be given when a frame is transmitted and needs to be
1667
 *	encrypted in hardware.
1668
 * @cipher: The key's cipher suite selector.
1669 1670
 * @tx_pn: PN used for TX keys, may be used by the driver as well if it
 *	needs to do software PN assignment by itself (e.g. due to TSO)
1671 1672 1673
 * @flags: key flags, see &enum ieee80211_key_flags.
 * @keyidx: the key index (0-3)
 * @keylen: key material length
1674 1675 1676 1677 1678
 * @key: key material. For ALG_TKIP the key is encoded as a 256-bit (32 byte)
 * 	data block:
 * 	- Temporal Encryption Key (128 bits)
 * 	- Temporal Authenticator Tx MIC Key (64 bits)
 * 	- Temporal Authenticator Rx MIC Key (64 bits)
1679 1680
 * @icv_len: The ICV length for this key type
 * @iv_len: The IV length for this key type
1681
 */
1682
struct ieee80211_key_conf {
1683
	atomic64_t tx_pn;
1684
	u32 cipher;
1685 1686
	u8 icv_len;
	u8 iv_len;
1687
	u8 hw_key_idx;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1688
	s8 keyidx;
1689
	u16 flags;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1690
	u8 keylen;
1691 1692 1693
	u8 key[0];
};

1694 1695
#define IEEE80211_MAX_PN_LEN	16

1696 1697 1698
#define TKIP_PN_TO_IV16(pn) ((u16)(pn & 0xffff))
#define TKIP_PN_TO_IV32(pn) ((u32)((pn >> 16) & 0xffffffff))

1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710
/**
 * struct ieee80211_key_seq - key sequence counter
 *
 * @tkip: TKIP data, containing IV32 and IV16 in host byte order
 * @ccmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
 *	reverse order than in packet)
 * @aes_cmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
 *	reverse order than in packet)
 * @aes_gmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
 *	reverse order than in packet)
 * @gcmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
 *	reverse order than in packet)
1711
 * @hw: data for HW-only (e.g. cipher scheme) keys
1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730
 */
struct ieee80211_key_seq {
	union {
		struct {
			u32 iv32;
			u16 iv16;
		} tkip;
		struct {
			u8 pn[6];
		} ccmp;
		struct {
			u8 pn[6];
		} aes_cmac;
		struct {
			u8 pn[6];
		} aes_gmac;
		struct {
			u8 pn[6];
		} gcmp;
1731 1732 1733 1734
		struct {
			u8 seq[IEEE80211_MAX_PN_LEN];
			u8 seq_len;
		} hw;
1735 1736 1737
	};
};

1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767
/**
 * struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme - cipher scheme
 *
 * This structure contains a cipher scheme information defining
 * the secure packet crypto handling.
 *
 * @cipher: a cipher suite selector
 * @iftype: a cipher iftype bit mask indicating an allowed cipher usage
 * @hdr_len: a length of a security header used the cipher
 * @pn_len: a length of a packet number in the security header
 * @pn_off: an offset of pn from the beginning of the security header
 * @key_idx_off: an offset of key index byte in the security header
 * @key_idx_mask: a bit mask of key_idx bits
 * @key_idx_shift: a bit shift needed to get key_idx
 *     key_idx value calculation:
 *      (sec_header_base[key_idx_off] & key_idx_mask) >> key_idx_shift
 * @mic_len: a mic length in bytes
 */
struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme {
	u32 cipher;
	u16 iftype;
	u8 hdr_len;
	u8 pn_len;
	u8 pn_off;
	u8 key_idx_off;
	u8 key_idx_mask;
	u8 key_idx_shift;
	u8 mic_len;
};

1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776
/**
 * enum set_key_cmd - key command
 *
 * Used with the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this
 * indicates whether a key is being removed or added.
 *
 * @SET_KEY: a key is set
 * @DISABLE_KEY: a key must be disabled
 */
1777
enum set_key_cmd {
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1778
	SET_KEY, DISABLE_KEY,
1779
};
1780

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799
/**
 * enum ieee80211_sta_state - station state
 *
 * @IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST: station doesn't exist at all,
 *	this is a special state for add/remove transitions
 * @IEEE80211_STA_NONE: station exists without special state
 * @IEEE80211_STA_AUTH: station is authenticated
 * @IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC: station is associated
 * @IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
 */
enum ieee80211_sta_state {
	/* NOTE: These need to be ordered correctly! */
	IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST,
	IEEE80211_STA_NONE,
	IEEE80211_STA_AUTH,
	IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC,
	IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED,
};

1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817
/**
 * enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth - station RX bandwidth
 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20: station can only receive 20 MHz
 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40: station can receive up to 40 MHz
 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80: station can receive up to 80 MHz
 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160: station can receive up to 160 MHz
 *	(including 80+80 MHz)
 *
 * Implementation note: 20 must be zero to be initialized
 *	correctly, the values must be sorted.
 */
enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth {
	IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20 = 0,
	IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40,
	IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80,
	IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160,
};

1818 1819 1820 1821
/**
 * struct ieee80211_sta_rates - station rate selection table
 *
 * @rcu_head: RCU head used for freeing the table on update
1822
 * @rate: transmit rates/flags to be used by default.
1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835
 *	Overriding entries per-packet is possible by using cb tx control.
 */
struct ieee80211_sta_rates {
	struct rcu_head rcu_head;
	struct {
		s8 idx;
		u8 count;
		u8 count_cts;
		u8 count_rts;
		u16 flags;
	} rate[IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE];
};

1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843
/**
 * struct ieee80211_sta - station table entry
 *
 * A station table entry represents a station we are possibly
 * communicating with. Since stations are RCU-managed in
 * mac80211, any ieee80211_sta pointer you get access to must
 * either be protected by rcu_read_lock() explicitly or implicitly,
 * or you must take good care to not use such a pointer after a
1844
 * call to your sta_remove callback that removed it.
1845 1846 1847
 *
 * @addr: MAC address
 * @aid: AID we assigned to the station if we're an AP
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1848
 * @supp_rates: Bitmap of supported rates (per band)
1849 1850
 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities
 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
1851
 * @he_cap: HE capabilities of this STA
1852 1853 1854
 * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximal amount of frames in a single AMPDU
 *	that this station is allowed to transmit to us.
 *	Can be modified by driver.
1855 1856
 * @wme: indicates whether the STA supports QoS/WME (if local devices does,
 *	otherwise always false)
1857
 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
J
Jani Nikula 已提交
1858
 *	sizeof(void \*), size is determined in hw information.
1859
 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Only valid
1860 1861
 *	if wme is supported. The bits order is like in
 *	IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_*.
1862
 * @max_sp: max Service Period. Only valid if wme is supported.
1863
 * @bandwidth: current bandwidth the station can receive with
1864 1865 1866 1867
 * @rx_nss: in HT/VHT, the maximum number of spatial streams the
 *	station can receive at the moment, changed by operating mode
 *	notifications and capabilities. The value is only valid after
 *	the station moves to associated state.
1868
 * @smps_mode: current SMPS mode (off, static or dynamic)
1869
 * @rates: rate control selection table
1870
 * @tdls: indicates whether the STA is a TDLS peer
1871 1872
 * @tdls_initiator: indicates the STA is an initiator of the TDLS link. Only
 *	valid if the STA is a TDLS peer in the first place.
1873
 * @mfp: indicates whether the STA uses management frame protection or not.
1874 1875 1876
 * @max_amsdu_subframes: indicates the maximal number of MSDUs in a single
 *	A-MSDU. Taken from the Extended Capabilities element. 0 means
 *	unlimited.
1877
 * @support_p2p_ps: indicates whether the STA supports P2P PS mechanism or not.
F
Felix Fietkau 已提交
1878
 * @max_rc_amsdu_len: Maximum A-MSDU size in bytes recommended by rate control.
1879
 * @max_tid_amsdu_len: Maximum A-MSDU size in bytes for this TID
1880 1881
 * @txq: per-TID data TX queues (if driver uses the TXQ abstraction); note that
 *	the last entry (%IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) is used for non-data frames
1882 1883
 */
struct ieee80211_sta {
1884
	u32 supp_rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1885 1886
	u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
	u16 aid;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1887
	struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap;
M
Mahesh Palivela 已提交
1888
	struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap;
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
1889 1890
	struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap;
	u16 max_rx_aggregation_subframes;
1891
	bool wme;
1892 1893
	u8 uapsd_queues;
	u8 max_sp;
1894
	u8 rx_nss;
1895
	enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth bandwidth;
1896
	enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
1897
	struct ieee80211_sta_rates __rcu *rates;
1898
	bool tdls;
1899
	bool tdls_initiator;
1900
	bool mfp;
1901
	u8 max_amsdu_subframes;
1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917

	/**
	 * @max_amsdu_len:
	 * indicates the maximal length of an A-MSDU in bytes.
	 * This field is always valid for packets with a VHT preamble.
	 * For packets with a HT preamble, additional limits apply:
	 *
	 * * If the skb is transmitted as part of a BA agreement, the
	 *   A-MSDU maximal size is min(max_amsdu_len, 4065) bytes.
	 * * If the skb is not part of a BA aggreement, the A-MSDU maximal
	 *   size is min(max_amsdu_len, 7935) bytes.
	 *
	 * Both additional HT limits must be enforced by the low level
	 * driver. This is defined by the spec (IEEE 802.11-2012 section
	 * 8.3.2.2 NOTE 2).
	 */
1918
	u16 max_amsdu_len;
1919
	bool support_p2p_ps;
F
Felix Fietkau 已提交
1920
	u16 max_rc_amsdu_len;
1921
	u16 max_tid_amsdu_len[IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS];
1922

1923
	struct ieee80211_txq *txq[IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS + 1];
1924

1925
	/* must be last */
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1926
	u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
1927 1928
};

1929 1930 1931 1932
/**
 * enum sta_notify_cmd - sta notify command
 *
 * Used with the sta_notify() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this
1933
 * indicates if an associated station made a power state transition.
1934
 *
1935 1936 1937
 * @STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP: a station is now sleeping
 * @STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE: a sleeping station woke up
 */
1938
enum sta_notify_cmd {
1939 1940 1941
	STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP, STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE,
};

1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951
/**
 * struct ieee80211_tx_control - TX control data
 *
 * @sta: station table entry, this sta pointer may be NULL and
 * 	it is not allowed to copy the pointer, due to RCU.
 */
struct ieee80211_tx_control {
	struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
};

1952 1953 1954 1955 1956
/**
 * struct ieee80211_txq - Software intermediate tx queue
 *
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 * @sta: station table entry, %NULL for per-vif queue
1957 1958
 * @tid: the TID for this queue (unused for per-vif queue),
 *	%IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS for non-data (if enabled)
1959
 * @ac: the AC for this queue
1960
 * @drv_priv: driver private area, sized by hw->txq_data_size
1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974
 *
 * The driver can obtain packets from this queue by calling
 * ieee80211_tx_dequeue().
 */
struct ieee80211_txq {
	struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
	struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
	u8 tid;
	u8 ac;

	/* must be last */
	u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
};

1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983
/**
 * enum ieee80211_hw_flags - hardware flags
 *
 * These flags are used to indicate hardware capabilities to
 * the stack. Generally, flags here should have their meaning
 * done in a way that the simplest hardware doesn't need setting
 * any particular flags. There are some exceptions to this rule,
 * however, so you are advised to review these flags carefully.
 *
1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996
 * @IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL:
 *	The hardware or firmware includes rate control, and cannot be
 *	controlled by the stack. As such, no rate control algorithm
 *	should be instantiated, and the TX rate reported to userspace
 *	will be taken from the TX status instead of the rate control
 *	algorithm.
 *	Note that this requires that the driver implement a number of
 *	callbacks so it has the correct information, it needs to have
 *	the @set_rts_threshold callback and must look at the BSS config
 *	@use_cts_prot for G/N protection, @use_short_slot for slot
 *	timing in 2.4 GHz and @use_short_preamble for preambles for
 *	CCK frames.
 *
1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006
 * @IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS:
 *	Indicates that received frames passed to the stack include
 *	the FCS at the end.
 *
 * @IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING:
 *	Some wireless LAN chipsets buffer broadcast/multicast frames
 *	for power saving stations in the hardware/firmware and others
 *	rely on the host system for such buffering. This option is used
 *	to configure the IEEE 802.11 upper layer to buffer broadcast and
 *	multicast frames when there are power saving stations so that
2007
 *	the driver can fetch them with ieee80211_get_buffered_bc().
2008
 *
2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018
 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC:
 *	Hardware can provide signal values but we don't know its units. We
 *	expect values between 0 and @max_signal.
 *	If possible please provide dB or dBm instead.
 *
 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM:
 *	Hardware gives signal values in dBm, decibel difference from
 *	one milliwatt. This is the preferred method since it is standardized
 *	between different devices. @max_signal does not need to be set.
 *
2019 2020 2021
 * @IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT:
 * 	Hardware supports spectrum management defined in 802.11h
 * 	Measurement, Channel Switch, Quieting, TPC
S
Sujith 已提交
2022 2023 2024
 *
 * @IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION:
 *	Hardware supports 11n A-MPDU aggregation.
2025
 *
2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034
 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS:
 *	Hardware has power save support (i.e. can go to sleep).
 *
 * @IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK:
 *	Hardware requires nullfunc frame handling in stack, implies
 *	stack support for dynamic PS.
 *
 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS:
 *	Hardware has support for dynamic PS.
2035 2036 2037
 *
 * @IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE:
 *	Hardware supports management frame protection (MFP, IEEE 802.11w).
2038
 *
2039 2040 2041 2042
 * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS:
 *	Hardware can provide ack status reports of Tx frames to
 *	the stack.
 *
2043
 * @IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR:
2044 2045
 *	The hardware performs its own connection monitoring, including
 *	periodic keep-alives to the AP and probing the AP on beacon loss.
2046
 *
2047 2048 2049
 * @IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC:
 *	This device needs to get data from beacon before association (i.e.
 *	dtim_period).
2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056
 *
 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK: The device's crypto engine supports
 *	per-station GTKs as used by IBSS RSN or during fast transition. If
 *	the device doesn't support per-station GTKs, but can be asked not
 *	to decrypt group addressed frames, then IBSS RSN support is still
 *	possible but software crypto will be used. Advertise the wiphy flag
 *	only in that case.
2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063
 *
 * @IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS: When operating in AP mode the device
 *	autonomously manages the PS status of connected stations. When
 *	this flag is set mac80211 will not trigger PS mode for connected
 *	stations based on the PM bit of incoming frames.
 *	Use ieee80211_start_ps()/ieee8021_end_ps() to manually configure
 *	the PS mode of connected stations.
2064 2065 2066 2067
 *
 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW: The device handles TX A-MPDU session
 *	setup strictly in HW. mac80211 should not attempt to do this in
 *	software.
2068
 *
2069 2070 2071
 * @IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF: The driver would like to be informed of
 *	a virtual monitor interface when monitor interfaces are the only
 *	active interfaces.
2072
 *
2073 2074 2075 2076
 * @IEEE80211_HW_NO_AUTO_VIF: The driver would like for no wlanX to
 *	be created.  It is expected user-space will create vifs as
 *	desired (and thus have them named as desired).
 *
2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082
 * @IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL: The driver wants to control which of the
 *	crypto algorithms can be done in software - so don't automatically
 *	try to fall back to it if hardware crypto fails, but do so only if
 *	the driver returns 1. This also forces the driver to advertise its
 *	supported cipher suites.
 *
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2083 2084 2085 2086
 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORT_FAST_XMIT: The driver/hardware supports fast-xmit,
 *	this currently requires only the ability to calculate the duration
 *	for frames.
 *
2087 2088 2089 2090
 * @IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL: The driver wants to control per-interface
 *	queue mapping in order to use different queues (not just one per AC)
 *	for different virtual interfaces. See the doc section on HW queue
 *	control for more details.
2091
 *
2092 2093 2094
 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE: The driver supports using a rate
 *	selection table provided by the rate control algorithm.
 *
2095 2096 2097
 * @IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF: Use the P2P Device address for any
 *	P2P Interface. This will be honoured even if more than one interface
 *	is supported.
2098 2099 2100
 *
 * @IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY: Use sync timing from beacon frames
 *	only, to allow getting TBTT of a DTIM beacon.
2101
 *
2102 2103 2104 2105
 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES: Hardware supports mixing HT/CCK rates
 *	and can cope with CCK rates in an aggregation session (e.g. by not
 *	using aggregation for such frames.)
 *
2106 2107 2108 2109
 * @IEEE80211_HW_CHANCTX_STA_CSA: Support 802.11h based channel-switch (CSA)
 *	for a single active channel while using channel contexts. When support
 *	is not enabled the default action is to disconnect when getting the
 *	CSA frame.
2110
 *
2111 2112 2113
 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CLONED_SKBS: The driver will never modify the payload
 *	or tailroom of TX skbs without copying them first.
 *
2114
 * @IEEE80211_HW_SINGLE_SCAN_ON_ALL_BANDS: The HW supports scanning on all bands
2115
 *	in one command, mac80211 doesn't have to run separate scans per band.
2116
 *
2117 2118 2119
 * @IEEE80211_HW_TDLS_WIDER_BW: The device/driver supports wider bandwidth
 *	than then BSS bandwidth for a TDLS link on the base channel.
 *
2120 2121 2122
 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_AMSDU_IN_AMPDU: The driver supports receiving A-MSDUs
 *	within A-MPDU.
 *
2123 2124 2125
 * @IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS: The device/driver provides TX status
 *	for sent beacons.
 *
2126 2127 2128 2129 2130
 * @IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR: Hardware (or driver) requires that each
 *	station has a unique address, i.e. each station entry can be identified
 *	by just its MAC address; this prevents, for example, the same station
 *	from connecting to two virtual AP interfaces at the same time.
 *
2131 2132 2133 2134 2135
 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER: Hardware (or driver) manages the
 *	reordering buffer internally, guaranteeing mac80211 receives frames in
 *	order and does not need to manage its own reorder buffer or BA session
 *	timeout.
 *
2136 2137 2138
 * @IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS: The device uses RSS and thus requires parallel RX,
 *	which implies using per-CPU station statistics.
 *
F
Felix Fietkau 已提交
2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147
 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMSDU: Hardware (or driver) supports software aggregated
 *	A-MSDU frames. Requires software tx queueing and fast-xmit support.
 *	When not using minstrel/minstrel_ht rate control, the driver must
 *	limit the maximum A-MSDU size based on the current tx rate by setting
 *	max_rc_amsdu_len in struct ieee80211_sta.
 *
 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_FRAG_LIST: Hardware (or driver) supports sending frag_list
 *	skbs, needed for zero-copy software A-MSDU.
 *
2148 2149 2150 2151 2152
 * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_LOW_ACK: The driver (or firmware) reports low ack event
 *	by ieee80211_report_low_ack() based on its own algorithm. For such
 *	drivers, mac80211 packet loss mechanism will not be triggered and driver
 *	is completely depending on firmware event for station kickout.
 *
2153 2154 2155 2156
 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG: Hardware does fragmentation by itself.
 *	The stack will not do fragmentation.
 *	The callback for @set_frag_threshold should be set as well.
 *
2157 2158 2159
 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TDLS_BUFFER_STA: Hardware supports buffer STA on
 *	TDLS links.
 *
2160 2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166
 * @IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP: The driver requires the
 *	mgd_prepare_tx() callback to be called before transmission of a
 *	deauthentication frame in case the association was completed but no
 *	beacon was heard. This is required in multi-channel scenarios, where the
 *	virtual interface might not be given air time for the transmission of
 *	the frame, as it is not synced with the AP/P2P GO yet, and thus the
 *	deauthentication frame might not be transmitted.
2167
 *
2168 2169
 * @IEEE80211_HW_DOESNT_SUPPORT_QOS_NDP: The driver (or firmware) doesn't
 *	support QoS NDP for AP probing - that's most likely a driver bug.
2170
 *
2171 2172 2173
 * @IEEE80211_HW_BUFF_MMPDU_TXQ: use the TXQ for bufferable MMPDUs, this of
 *	course requires the driver to use TXQs to start with.
 *
2174 2175 2176 2177 2178 2179
 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW: (Hardware) rate control supports VHT
 *	extended NSS BW (dot11VHTExtendedNSSBWCapable). This flag will be set if
 *	the selected rate control algorithm sets %RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW
 *	but if the rate control is built-in then it must be set by the driver.
 *	See also the documentation for that flag.
 *
2180 2181 2182 2183
 * @IEEE80211_HW_STA_MMPDU_TXQ: use the extra non-TID per-station TXQ for all
 *	MMPDUs on station interfaces. This of course requires the driver to use
 *	TXQs to start with.
 *
2184
 * @NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS: number of hardware flags, used for sizing arrays
2185 2186
 */
enum ieee80211_hw_flags {
2187 2188 2189 2190 2191 2192 2193 2194 2195 2196 2197 2198 2199 2200 2201 2202 2203 2204 2205 2206 2207 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2213 2214 2215
	IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL,
	IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS,
	IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING,
	IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
	IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM,
	IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC,
	IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT,
	IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION,
	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS,
	IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK,
	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS,
	IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE,
	IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF,
	IEEE80211_HW_NO_AUTO_VIF,
	IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL,
	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORT_FAST_XMIT,
	IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS,
	IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR,
	IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL,
	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK,
	IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS,
	IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW,
	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE,
	IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF,
	IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY,
	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES,
	IEEE80211_HW_CHANCTX_STA_CSA,
	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CLONED_SKBS,
	IEEE80211_HW_SINGLE_SCAN_ON_ALL_BANDS,
2216
	IEEE80211_HW_TDLS_WIDER_BW,
2217
	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_AMSDU_IN_AMPDU,
2218
	IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS,
2219
	IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR,
2220
	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER,
2221
	IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS,
F
Felix Fietkau 已提交
2222 2223
	IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMSDU,
	IEEE80211_HW_TX_FRAG_LIST,
2224
	IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_LOW_ACK,
2225
	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG,
2226
	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TDLS_BUFFER_STA,
2227
	IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP,
2228
	IEEE80211_HW_DOESNT_SUPPORT_QOS_NDP,
2229
	IEEE80211_HW_BUFF_MMPDU_TXQ,
2230
	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW,
2231
	IEEE80211_HW_STA_MMPDU_TXQ,
2232 2233 2234

	/* keep last, obviously */
	NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS
2235 2236
};

2237 2238
/**
 * struct ieee80211_hw - hardware information and state
2239 2240 2241 2242 2243 2244 2245
 *
 * This structure contains the configuration and hardware
 * information for an 802.11 PHY.
 *
 * @wiphy: This points to the &struct wiphy allocated for this
 *	802.11 PHY. You must fill in the @perm_addr and @dev
 *	members of this structure using SET_IEEE80211_DEV()
2246 2247
 *	and SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(). Additionally, all supported
 *	bands (with channels, bitrates) are registered here.
2248 2249 2250 2251 2252 2253 2254 2255 2256 2257 2258
 *
 * @conf: &struct ieee80211_conf, device configuration, don't use.
 *
 * @priv: pointer to private area that was allocated for driver use
 *	along with this structure.
 *
 * @flags: hardware flags, see &enum ieee80211_hw_flags.
 *
 * @extra_tx_headroom: headroom to reserve in each transmit skb
 *	for use by the driver (e.g. for transmit headers.)
 *
2259 2260
 * @extra_beacon_tailroom: tailroom to reserve in each beacon tx skb.
 *	Can be used by drivers to add extra IEs.
2261
 *
2262
 * @max_signal: Maximum value for signal (rssi) in RX information, used
2263
 *	only when @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC or @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DB
2264
 *
2265
 * @max_listen_interval: max listen interval in units of beacon interval
2266
 *	that HW supports
2267
 *
2268
 * @queues: number of available hardware transmit queues for
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2269 2270 2271
 *	data packets. WMM/QoS requires at least four, these
 *	queues need to have configurable access parameters.
 *
2272 2273 2274
 * @rate_control_algorithm: rate control algorithm for this hardware.
 *	If unset (NULL), the default algorithm will be used. Must be
 *	set before calling ieee80211_register_hw().
2275 2276 2277
 *
 * @vif_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
 *	within &struct ieee80211_vif.
2278 2279
 * @sta_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
 *	within &struct ieee80211_sta.
2280 2281
 * @chanctx_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
 *	within &struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf.
2282 2283
 * @txq_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
 *	within @struct ieee80211_txq.
2284
 *
2285 2286 2287 2288
 * @max_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages the hw
 *	can handle.
 * @max_report_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages
 *	the hw can report back.
2289
 * @max_rate_tries: maximum number of tries for each stage
2290
 *
2291 2292 2293 2294 2295 2296
 * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximum buffer size (number of
 *	sub-frames) to be used for A-MPDU block ack receiver
 *	aggregation.
 *	This is only relevant if the device has restrictions on the
 *	number of subframes, if it relies on mac80211 to do reordering
 *	it shouldn't be set.
2297 2298
 *
 * @max_tx_aggregation_subframes: maximum number of subframes in an
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
2299 2300 2301 2302 2303
 *	aggregate an HT/HE device will transmit. In HT AddBA we'll
 *	advertise a constant value of 64 as some older APs crash if
 *	the window size is smaller (an example is LinkSys WRT120N
 *	with FW v1.0.07 build 002 Jun 18 2012).
 *	For AddBA to HE capable peers this value will be used.
2304
 *
F
Felix Fietkau 已提交
2305 2306 2307
 * @max_tx_fragments: maximum number of tx buffers per (A)-MSDU, sum
 *	of 1 + skb_shinfo(skb)->nr_frags for each skb in the frag_list.
 *
2308 2309
 * @offchannel_tx_hw_queue: HW queue ID to use for offchannel TX
 *	(if %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL is set)
2310 2311 2312
 *
 * @radiotap_mcs_details: lists which MCS information can the HW
 *	reports, by default it is set to _MCS, _GI and _BW but doesn't
J
Jani Nikula 已提交
2313
 *	include _FMT. Use %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_\* values, only
2314
 *	adding _BW is supported today.
2315
 *
2316 2317
 * @radiotap_vht_details: lists which VHT MCS information the HW reports,
 *	the default is _GI | _BANDWIDTH.
J
Jani Nikula 已提交
2318
 *	Use the %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_VHT_KNOWN_\* values.
2319
 *
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
2320 2321
 * @radiotap_he: HE radiotap validity flags
 *
2322 2323 2324 2325 2326 2327 2328 2329
 * @radiotap_timestamp: Information for the radiotap timestamp field; if the
 *	'units_pos' member is set to a non-negative value it must be set to
 *	a combination of a IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_TIMESTAMP_UNIT_* and a
 *	IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_TIMESTAMP_SPOS_* value, and then the timestamp
 *	field will be added and populated from the &struct ieee80211_rx_status
 *	device_timestamp. If the 'accuracy' member is non-negative, it's put
 *	into the accuracy radiotap field and the accuracy known flag is set.
 *
2330
 * @netdev_features: netdev features to be set in each netdev created
2331 2332
 *	from this HW. Note that not all features are usable with mac80211,
 *	other features will be rejected during HW registration.
2333 2334 2335 2336 2337 2338 2339 2340 2341 2342 2343
 *
 * @uapsd_queues: This bitmap is included in (re)association frame to indicate
 *	for each access category if it is uAPSD trigger-enabled and delivery-
 *	enabled. Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_* to set this bitmap.
 *	Each bit corresponds to different AC. Value '1' in specific bit means
 *	that corresponding AC is both trigger- and delivery-enabled. '0' means
 *	neither enabled.
 *
 * @uapsd_max_sp_len: maximum number of total buffered frames the WMM AP may
 *	deliver to a WMM STA during any Service Period triggered by the WMM STA.
 *	Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_SP_* for correct values.
2344 2345 2346 2347
 *
 * @n_cipher_schemes: a size of an array of cipher schemes definitions.
 * @cipher_schemes: a pointer to an array of cipher scheme definitions
 *	supported by HW.
2348 2349
 * @max_nan_de_entries: maximum number of NAN DE functions supported by the
 *	device.
2350 2351 2352 2353
 *
 * @tx_sk_pacing_shift: Pacing shift to set on TCP sockets when frames from
 *	them are encountered. The default should typically not be changed,
 *	unless the driver has good reasons for needing more buffers.
2354
 */
2355 2356
struct ieee80211_hw {
	struct ieee80211_conf conf;
2357
	struct wiphy *wiphy;
2358
	const char *rate_control_algorithm;
2359
	void *priv;
2360
	unsigned long flags[BITS_TO_LONGS(NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS)];
2361
	unsigned int extra_tx_headroom;
2362
	unsigned int extra_beacon_tailroom;
2363
	int vif_data_size;
2364
	int sta_data_size;
2365
	int chanctx_data_size;
2366
	int txq_data_size;
2367 2368
	u16 queues;
	u16 max_listen_interval;
2369
	s8 max_signal;
2370
	u8 max_rates;
2371
	u8 max_report_rates;
2372
	u8 max_rate_tries;
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
2373 2374
	u16 max_rx_aggregation_subframes;
	u16 max_tx_aggregation_subframes;
F
Felix Fietkau 已提交
2375
	u8 max_tx_fragments;
2376
	u8 offchannel_tx_hw_queue;
2377
	u8 radiotap_mcs_details;
2378
	u16 radiotap_vht_details;
2379 2380 2381 2382
	struct {
		int units_pos;
		s16 accuracy;
	} radiotap_timestamp;
2383
	netdev_features_t netdev_features;
2384 2385
	u8 uapsd_queues;
	u8 uapsd_max_sp_len;
2386 2387
	u8 n_cipher_schemes;
	const struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme *cipher_schemes;
2388
	u8 max_nan_de_entries;
2389
	u8 tx_sk_pacing_shift;
2390 2391
};

2392 2393 2394 2395 2396 2397 2398 2399 2400 2401 2402 2403 2404 2405
static inline bool _ieee80211_hw_check(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				       enum ieee80211_hw_flags flg)
{
	return test_bit(flg, hw->flags);
}
#define ieee80211_hw_check(hw, flg)	_ieee80211_hw_check(hw, IEEE80211_HW_##flg)

static inline void _ieee80211_hw_set(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				     enum ieee80211_hw_flags flg)
{
	return __set_bit(flg, hw->flags);
}
#define ieee80211_hw_set(hw, flg)	_ieee80211_hw_set(hw, IEEE80211_HW_##flg)

2406 2407 2408 2409 2410 2411 2412 2413 2414 2415 2416 2417 2418
/**
 * struct ieee80211_scan_request - hw scan request
 *
 * @ies: pointers different parts of IEs (in req.ie)
 * @req: cfg80211 request.
 */
struct ieee80211_scan_request {
	struct ieee80211_scan_ies ies;

	/* Keep last */
	struct cfg80211_scan_request req;
};

2419 2420 2421 2422 2423 2424 2425 2426 2427 2428 2429 2430 2431 2432 2433 2434 2435 2436 2437 2438 2439 2440 2441 2442 2443
/**
 * struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params - TDLS channel switch parameters
 *
 * @sta: peer this TDLS channel-switch request/response came from
 * @chandef: channel referenced in a TDLS channel-switch request
 * @action_code: see &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode
 * @status: channel-switch response status
 * @timestamp: time at which the frame was received
 * @switch_time: switch-timing parameter received in the frame
 * @switch_timeout: switch-timing parameter received in the frame
 * @tmpl_skb: TDLS switch-channel response template
 * @ch_sw_tm_ie: offset of the channel-switch timing IE inside @tmpl_skb
 */
struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params {
	struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
	struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef;
	u8 action_code;
	u32 status;
	u32 timestamp;
	u16 switch_time;
	u16 switch_timeout;
	struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb;
	u32 ch_sw_tm_ie;
};

2444 2445 2446 2447 2448 2449 2450 2451 2452 2453
/**
 * wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw - return a mac80211 driver hw struct from a wiphy
 *
 * @wiphy: the &struct wiphy which we want to query
 *
 * mac80211 drivers can use this to get to their respective
 * &struct ieee80211_hw. Drivers wishing to get to their own private
 * structure can then access it via hw->priv. Note that mac802111 drivers should
 * not use wiphy_priv() to try to get their private driver structure as this
 * is already used internally by mac80211.
2454 2455
 *
 * Return: The mac80211 driver hw struct of @wiphy.
2456 2457 2458
 */
struct ieee80211_hw *wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw(struct wiphy *wiphy);

2459 2460 2461 2462 2463 2464
/**
 * SET_IEEE80211_DEV - set device for 802.11 hardware
 *
 * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the device for
 * @dev: the &struct device of this 802.11 device
 */
2465 2466 2467 2468 2469
static inline void SET_IEEE80211_DEV(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct device *dev)
{
	set_wiphy_dev(hw->wiphy, dev);
}

2470
/**
2471
 * SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR - set the permanent MAC address for 802.11 hardware
2472 2473 2474 2475
 *
 * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the MAC address for
 * @addr: the address to set
 */
2476
static inline void SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, const u8 *addr)
2477 2478 2479 2480
{
	memcpy(hw->wiphy->perm_addr, addr, ETH_ALEN);
}

2481 2482
static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
ieee80211_get_tx_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2483
		      const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c)
2484
{
2485
	if (WARN_ON_ONCE(c->control.rates[0].idx < 0))
2486
		return NULL;
2487
	return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[0].idx];
2488 2489 2490 2491
}

static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
ieee80211_get_rts_cts_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2492
			   const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c)
2493
{
2494
	if (c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx < 0)
2495
		return NULL;
2496
	return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx];
2497 2498 2499 2500
}

static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
ieee80211_get_alt_retry_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2501
			     const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c, int idx)
2502
{
2503
	if (c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx < 0)
2504
		return NULL;
2505
	return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx];
2506 2507
}

2508 2509 2510 2511 2512 2513 2514 2515 2516 2517
/**
 * ieee80211_free_txskb - free TX skb
 * @hw: the hardware
 * @skb: the skb
 *
 * Free a transmit skb. Use this funtion when some failure
 * to transmit happened and thus status cannot be reported.
 */
void ieee80211_free_txskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb);

2518 2519 2520 2521 2522 2523 2524 2525
/**
 * DOC: Hardware crypto acceleration
 *
 * mac80211 is capable of taking advantage of many hardware
 * acceleration designs for encryption and decryption operations.
 *
 * The set_key() callback in the &struct ieee80211_ops for a given
 * device is called to enable hardware acceleration of encryption and
2526 2527 2528
 * decryption. The callback takes a @sta parameter that will be NULL
 * for default keys or keys used for transmission only, or point to
 * the station information for the peer for individual keys.
2529 2530
 * Multiple transmission keys with the same key index may be used when
 * VLANs are configured for an access point.
2531
 *
2532 2533 2534 2535 2536 2537 2538 2539 2540
 * When transmitting, the TX control data will use the @hw_key_idx
 * selected by the driver by modifying the &struct ieee80211_key_conf
 * pointed to by the @key parameter to the set_key() function.
 *
 * The set_key() call for the %SET_KEY command should return 0 if
 * the key is now in use, -%EOPNOTSUPP or -%ENOSPC if it couldn't be
 * added; if you return 0 then hw_key_idx must be assigned to the
 * hardware key index, you are free to use the full u8 range.
 *
2541 2542 2543 2544 2545
 * Note that in the case that the @IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL flag is
 * set, mac80211 will not automatically fall back to software crypto if
 * enabling hardware crypto failed. The set_key() call may also return the
 * value 1 to permit this specific key/algorithm to be done in software.
 *
2546 2547 2548 2549 2550 2551 2552 2553 2554 2555 2556
 * When the cmd is %DISABLE_KEY then it must succeed.
 *
 * Note that it is permissible to not decrypt a frame even if a key
 * for it has been uploaded to hardware, the stack will not make any
 * decision based on whether a key has been uploaded or not but rather
 * based on the receive flags.
 *
 * The &struct ieee80211_key_conf structure pointed to by the @key
 * parameter is guaranteed to be valid until another call to set_key()
 * removes it, but it can only be used as a cookie to differentiate
 * keys.
2557 2558 2559 2560 2561
 *
 * In TKIP some HW need to be provided a phase 1 key, for RX decryption
 * acceleration (i.e. iwlwifi). Those drivers should provide update_tkip_key
 * handler.
 * The update_tkip_key() call updates the driver with the new phase 1 key.
L
Lucas De Marchi 已提交
2562
 * This happens every time the iv16 wraps around (every 65536 packets). The
2563 2564
 * set_key() call will happen only once for each key (unless the AP did
 * rekeying), it will not include a valid phase 1 key. The valid phase 1 key is
2565
 * provided by update_tkip_key only. The trigger that makes mac80211 call this
2566
 * handler is software decryption with wrap around of iv16.
2567 2568 2569 2570
 *
 * The set_default_unicast_key() call updates the default WEP key index
 * configured to the hardware for WEP encryption type. This is required
 * for devices that support offload of data packets (e.g. ARP responses).
2571 2572 2573 2574 2575 2576 2577 2578 2579 2580 2581 2582 2583
 *
 * Mac80211 drivers should set the @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0 flag
 * when they are able to replace in-use PTK keys according to to following
 * requirements:
 * 1) They do not hand over frames decrypted with the old key to
      mac80211 once the call to set_key() with command %DISABLE_KEY has been
      completed when also setting @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV for any key,
   2) either drop or continue to use the old key for any outgoing frames queued
      at the time of the key deletion (including re-transmits),
   3) never send out a frame queued prior to the set_key() %SET_KEY command
      encrypted with the new key and
   4) never send out a frame unencrypted when it should be encrypted.
   Mac80211 will not queue any new frames for a deleted key to the driver.
2584
 */
2585

2586 2587 2588 2589 2590
/**
 * DOC: Powersave support
 *
 * mac80211 has support for various powersave implementations.
 *
2591 2592 2593 2594 2595 2596 2597 2598 2599 2600 2601 2602
 * First, it can support hardware that handles all powersaving by itself,
 * such hardware should simply set the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS hardware
 * flag. In that case, it will be told about the desired powersave mode
 * with the %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag depending on the association status.
 * The hardware must take care of sending nullfunc frames when necessary,
 * i.e. when entering and leaving powersave mode. The hardware is required
 * to look at the AID in beacons and signal to the AP that it woke up when
 * it finds traffic directed to it.
 *
 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag enabled means that the powersave mode defined in
 * IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2 is enabled. This is not to be confused
 * with hardware wakeup and sleep states. Driver is responsible for waking
B
Bob Copeland 已提交
2603 2604
 * up the hardware before issuing commands to the hardware and putting it
 * back to sleep at appropriate times.
2605 2606 2607 2608
 *
 * When PS is enabled, hardware needs to wakeup for beacons and receive the
 * buffered multicast/broadcast frames after the beacon. Also it must be
 * possible to send frames and receive the acknowledment frame.
2609 2610 2611 2612 2613
 *
 * Other hardware designs cannot send nullfunc frames by themselves and also
 * need software support for parsing the TIM bitmap. This is also supported
 * by mac80211 by combining the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS and
 * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK flags. The hardware is of course still
2614 2615
 * required to pass up beacons. The hardware is still required to handle
 * waking up for multicast traffic; if it cannot the driver must handle that
2616 2617 2618 2619 2620 2621 2622 2623 2624
 * as best as it can, mac80211 is too slow to do that.
 *
 * Dynamic powersave is an extension to normal powersave in which the
 * hardware stays awake for a user-specified period of time after sending a
 * frame so that reply frames need not be buffered and therefore delayed to
 * the next wakeup. It's compromise of getting good enough latency when
 * there's data traffic and still saving significantly power in idle
 * periods.
 *
B
Bob Copeland 已提交
2625
 * Dynamic powersave is simply supported by mac80211 enabling and disabling
2626 2627 2628 2629 2630 2631 2632 2633 2634 2635 2636
 * PS based on traffic. Driver needs to only set %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS
 * flag and mac80211 will handle everything automatically. Additionally,
 * hardware having support for the dynamic PS feature may set the
 * %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS flag to indicate that it can support
 * dynamic PS mode itself. The driver needs to look at the
 * @dynamic_ps_timeout hardware configuration value and use it that value
 * whenever %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. In this case mac80211 will disable
 * dynamic PS feature in stack and will just keep %IEEE80211_CONF_PS
 * enabled whenever user has enabled powersave.
 *
 * Driver informs U-APSD client support by enabling
2637
 * %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD flag. The mode is configured through the
2638
 * uapsd parameter in conf_tx() operation. Hardware needs to send the QoS
2639 2640 2641 2642 2643 2644
 * Nullfunc frames and stay awake until the service period has ended. To
 * utilize U-APSD, dynamic powersave is disabled for voip AC and all frames
 * from that AC are transmitted with powersave enabled.
 *
 * Note: U-APSD client mode is not yet supported with
 * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK.
2645 2646
 */

2647 2648 2649 2650
/**
 * DOC: Beacon filter support
 *
 * Some hardware have beacon filter support to reduce host cpu wakeups
2651
 * which will reduce system power consumption. It usually works so that
2652 2653 2654 2655 2656 2657
 * the firmware creates a checksum of the beacon but omits all constantly
 * changing elements (TSF, TIM etc). Whenever the checksum changes the
 * beacon is forwarded to the host, otherwise it will be just dropped. That
 * way the host will only receive beacons where some relevant information
 * (for example ERP protection or WMM settings) have changed.
 *
2658 2659
 * Beacon filter support is advertised with the %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER
 * interface capability. The driver needs to enable beacon filter support
2660 2661 2662 2663 2664 2665 2666 2667 2668 2669 2670 2671 2672
 * whenever power save is enabled, that is %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. When
 * power save is enabled, the stack will not check for beacon loss and the
 * driver needs to notify about loss of beacons with ieee80211_beacon_loss().
 *
 * The time (or number of beacons missed) until the firmware notifies the
 * driver of a beacon loss event (which in turn causes the driver to call
 * ieee80211_beacon_loss()) should be configurable and will be controlled
 * by mac80211 and the roaming algorithm in the future.
 *
 * Since there may be constantly changing information elements that nothing
 * in the software stack cares about, we will, in the future, have mac80211
 * tell the driver which information elements are interesting in the sense
 * that we want to see changes in them. This will include
J
Jani Nikula 已提交
2673
 *
2674 2675 2676 2677 2678 2679 2680 2681 2682 2683 2684 2685 2686 2687 2688 2689 2690 2691 2692 2693 2694 2695 2696 2697 2698 2699 2700 2701 2702 2703 2704 2705
 *  - a list of information element IDs
 *  - a list of OUIs for the vendor information element
 *
 * Ideally, the hardware would filter out any beacons without changes in the
 * requested elements, but if it cannot support that it may, at the expense
 * of some efficiency, filter out only a subset. For example, if the device
 * doesn't support checking for OUIs it should pass up all changes in all
 * vendor information elements.
 *
 * Note that change, for the sake of simplification, also includes information
 * elements appearing or disappearing from the beacon.
 *
 * Some hardware supports an "ignore list" instead, just make sure nothing
 * that was requested is on the ignore list, and include commonly changing
 * information element IDs in the ignore list, for example 11 (BSS load) and
 * the various vendor-assigned IEs with unknown contents (128, 129, 133-136,
 * 149, 150, 155, 156, 173, 176, 178, 179, 219); for forward compatibility
 * it could also include some currently unused IDs.
 *
 *
 * In addition to these capabilities, hardware should support notifying the
 * host of changes in the beacon RSSI. This is relevant to implement roaming
 * when no traffic is flowing (when traffic is flowing we see the RSSI of
 * the received data packets). This can consist in notifying the host when
 * the RSSI changes significantly or when it drops below or rises above
 * configurable thresholds. In the future these thresholds will also be
 * configured by mac80211 (which gets them from userspace) to implement
 * them as the roaming algorithm requires.
 *
 * If the hardware cannot implement this, the driver should ask it to
 * periodically pass beacon frames to the host so that software can do the
 * signal strength threshold checking.
2706 2707
 */

2708 2709 2710 2711 2712 2713 2714 2715 2716 2717 2718 2719 2720 2721 2722 2723 2724 2725 2726 2727 2728 2729 2730 2731 2732
/**
 * DOC: Spatial multiplexing power save
 *
 * SMPS (Spatial multiplexing power save) is a mechanism to conserve
 * power in an 802.11n implementation. For details on the mechanism
 * and rationale, please refer to 802.11 (as amended by 802.11n-2009)
 * "11.2.3 SM power save".
 *
 * The mac80211 implementation is capable of sending action frames
 * to update the AP about the station's SMPS mode, and will instruct
 * the driver to enter the specific mode. It will also announce the
 * requested SMPS mode during the association handshake. Hardware
 * support for this feature is required, and can be indicated by
 * hardware flags.
 *
 * The default mode will be "automatic", which nl80211/cfg80211
 * defines to be dynamic SMPS in (regular) powersave, and SMPS
 * turned off otherwise.
 *
 * To support this feature, the driver must set the appropriate
 * hardware support flags, and handle the SMPS flag to the config()
 * operation. It will then with this mechanism be instructed to
 * enter the requested SMPS mode while associated to an HT AP.
 */

2733 2734 2735 2736 2737 2738 2739 2740 2741 2742 2743 2744 2745
/**
 * DOC: Frame filtering
 *
 * mac80211 requires to see many management frames for proper
 * operation, and users may want to see many more frames when
 * in monitor mode. However, for best CPU usage and power consumption,
 * having as few frames as possible percolate through the stack is
 * desirable. Hence, the hardware should filter as much as possible.
 *
 * To achieve this, mac80211 uses filter flags (see below) to tell
 * the driver's configure_filter() function which frames should be
 * passed to mac80211 and which should be filtered out.
 *
2746 2747 2748 2749 2750 2751 2752
 * Before configure_filter() is invoked, the prepare_multicast()
 * callback is invoked with the parameters @mc_count and @mc_list
 * for the combined multicast address list of all virtual interfaces.
 * It's use is optional, and it returns a u64 that is passed to
 * configure_filter(). Additionally, configure_filter() has the
 * arguments @changed_flags telling which flags were changed and
 * @total_flags with the new flag states.
2753 2754 2755 2756 2757 2758
 *
 * If your device has no multicast address filters your driver will
 * need to check both the %FIF_ALLMULTI flag and the @mc_count
 * parameter to see whether multicast frames should be accepted
 * or dropped.
 *
2759 2760 2761 2762 2763 2764 2765 2766 2767 2768 2769 2770
 * All unsupported flags in @total_flags must be cleared.
 * Hardware does not support a flag if it is incapable of _passing_
 * the frame to the stack. Otherwise the driver must ignore
 * the flag, but not clear it.
 * You must _only_ clear the flag (announce no support for the
 * flag to mac80211) if you are not able to pass the packet type
 * to the stack (so the hardware always filters it).
 * So for example, you should clear @FIF_CONTROL, if your hardware
 * always filters control frames. If your hardware always passes
 * control frames to the kernel and is incapable of filtering them,
 * you do _not_ clear the @FIF_CONTROL flag.
 * This rule applies to all other FIF flags as well.
2771
 */
2772

2773 2774 2775 2776 2777 2778 2779 2780 2781 2782 2783 2784 2785 2786 2787 2788 2789 2790 2791 2792 2793 2794 2795 2796 2797 2798 2799 2800 2801 2802 2803 2804 2805 2806 2807 2808 2809 2810 2811
/**
 * DOC: AP support for powersaving clients
 *
 * In order to implement AP and P2P GO modes, mac80211 has support for
 * client powersaving, both "legacy" PS (PS-Poll/null data) and uAPSD.
 * There currently is no support for sAPSD.
 *
 * There is one assumption that mac80211 makes, namely that a client
 * will not poll with PS-Poll and trigger with uAPSD at the same time.
 * Both are supported, and both can be used by the same client, but
 * they can't be used concurrently by the same client. This simplifies
 * the driver code.
 *
 * The first thing to keep in mind is that there is a flag for complete
 * driver implementation: %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS. If this flag is set,
 * mac80211 expects the driver to handle most of the state machine for
 * powersaving clients and will ignore the PM bit in incoming frames.
 * Drivers then use ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() to inform mac80211 of
 * stations' powersave transitions. In this mode, mac80211 also doesn't
 * handle PS-Poll/uAPSD.
 *
 * In the mode without %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS, mac80211 will check the
 * PM bit in incoming frames for client powersave transitions. When a
 * station goes to sleep, we will stop transmitting to it. There is,
 * however, a race condition: a station might go to sleep while there is
 * data buffered on hardware queues. If the device has support for this
 * it will reject frames, and the driver should give the frames back to
 * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED flag set which will
 * cause mac80211 to retry the frame when the station wakes up. The
 * driver is also notified of powersave transitions by calling its
 * @sta_notify callback.
 *
 * When the station is asleep, it has three choices: it can wake up,
 * it can PS-Poll, or it can possibly start a uAPSD service period.
 * Waking up is implemented by simply transmitting all buffered (and
 * filtered) frames to the station. This is the easiest case. When
 * the station sends a PS-Poll or a uAPSD trigger frame, mac80211
 * will inform the driver of this with the @allow_buffered_frames
 * callback; this callback is optional. mac80211 will then transmit
2812
 * the frames as usual and set the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER
2813 2814 2815 2816 2817 2818 2819
 * on each frame. The last frame in the service period (or the only
 * response to a PS-Poll) also has %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set to
 * indicate that it ends the service period; as this frame must have
 * TX status report it also sets %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS.
 * When TX status is reported for this frame, the service period is
 * marked has having ended and a new one can be started by the peer.
 *
2820 2821 2822
 * Additionally, non-bufferable MMPDUs can also be transmitted by
 * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER set in them.
 *
2823 2824 2825 2826 2827 2828 2829 2830 2831 2832 2833 2834 2835 2836 2837 2838 2839 2840 2841 2842 2843 2844
 * Another race condition can happen on some devices like iwlwifi
 * when there are frames queued for the station and it wakes up
 * or polls; the frames that are already queued could end up being
 * transmitted first instead, causing reordering and/or wrong
 * processing of the EOSP. The cause is that allowing frames to be
 * transmitted to a certain station is out-of-band communication to
 * the device. To allow this problem to be solved, the driver can
 * call ieee80211_sta_block_awake() if frames are buffered when it
 * is notified that the station went to sleep. When all these frames
 * have been filtered (see above), it must call the function again
 * to indicate that the station is no longer blocked.
 *
 * If the driver buffers frames in the driver for aggregation in any
 * way, it must use the ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() call when it is
 * notified of the station going to sleep to inform mac80211 of any
 * TIDs that have frames buffered. Note that when a station wakes up
 * this information is reset (hence the requirement to call it when
 * informed of the station going to sleep). Then, when a service
 * period starts for any reason, @release_buffered_frames is called
 * with the number of frames to be released and which TIDs they are
 * to come from. In this case, the driver is responsible for setting
 * the EOSP (for uAPSD) and MORE_DATA bits in the released frames,
2845
 * to help the @more_data parameter is passed to tell the driver if
2846 2847 2848 2849 2850 2851 2852 2853 2854
 * there is more data on other TIDs -- the TIDs to release frames
 * from are ignored since mac80211 doesn't know how many frames the
 * buffers for those TIDs contain.
 *
 * If the driver also implement GO mode, where absence periods may
 * shorten service periods (or abort PS-Poll responses), it must
 * filter those response frames except in the case of frames that
 * are buffered in the driver -- those must remain buffered to avoid
 * reordering. Because it is possible that no frames are released
2855
 * in this case, the driver must call ieee80211_sta_eosp()
2856 2857 2858 2859 2860 2861
 * to indicate to mac80211 that the service period ended anyway.
 *
 * Finally, if frames from multiple TIDs are released from mac80211
 * but the driver might reorder them, it must clear & set the flags
 * appropriately (only the last frame may have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP)
 * and also take care of the EOSP and MORE_DATA bits in the frame.
2862
 * The driver may also use ieee80211_sta_eosp() in this case.
2863 2864 2865 2866 2867
 *
 * Note that if the driver ever buffers frames other than QoS-data
 * frames, it must take care to never send a non-QoS-data frame as
 * the last frame in a service period, adding a QoS-nulldata frame
 * after a non-QoS-data frame if needed.
2868 2869
 */

2870 2871 2872 2873 2874 2875 2876 2877 2878 2879 2880 2881 2882 2883 2884 2885 2886 2887 2888 2889 2890 2891 2892 2893 2894 2895 2896 2897 2898 2899 2900 2901 2902 2903 2904 2905 2906 2907 2908 2909 2910 2911 2912 2913 2914 2915 2916 2917 2918 2919 2920 2921 2922 2923 2924
/**
 * DOC: HW queue control
 *
 * Before HW queue control was introduced, mac80211 only had a single static
 * assignment of per-interface AC software queues to hardware queues. This
 * was problematic for a few reasons:
 * 1) off-channel transmissions might get stuck behind other frames
 * 2) multiple virtual interfaces couldn't be handled correctly
 * 3) after-DTIM frames could get stuck behind other frames
 *
 * To solve this, hardware typically uses multiple different queues for all
 * the different usages, and this needs to be propagated into mac80211 so it
 * won't have the same problem with the software queues.
 *
 * Therefore, mac80211 now offers the %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL capability
 * flag that tells it that the driver implements its own queue control. To do
 * so, the driver will set up the various queues in each &struct ieee80211_vif
 * and the offchannel queue in &struct ieee80211_hw. In response, mac80211 will
 * use those queue IDs in the hw_queue field of &struct ieee80211_tx_info and
 * if necessary will queue the frame on the right software queue that mirrors
 * the hardware queue.
 * Additionally, the driver has to then use these HW queue IDs for the queue
 * management functions (ieee80211_stop_queue() et al.)
 *
 * The driver is free to set up the queue mappings as needed, multiple virtual
 * interfaces may map to the same hardware queues if needed. The setup has to
 * happen during add_interface or change_interface callbacks. For example, a
 * driver supporting station+station and station+AP modes might decide to have
 * 10 hardware queues to handle different scenarios:
 *
 * 4 AC HW queues for 1st vif: 0, 1, 2, 3
 * 4 AC HW queues for 2nd vif: 4, 5, 6, 7
 * after-DTIM queue for AP:   8
 * off-channel queue:         9
 *
 * It would then set up the hardware like this:
 *   hw.offchannel_tx_hw_queue = 9
 *
 * and the first virtual interface that is added as follows:
 *   vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VO] = 0
 *   vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VI] = 1
 *   vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BE] = 2
 *   vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BK] = 3
 *   vif.cab_queue = 8 // if AP mode, otherwise %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE
 * and the second virtual interface with 4-7.
 *
 * If queue 6 gets full, for example, mac80211 would only stop the second
 * virtual interface's BE queue since virtual interface queues are per AC.
 *
 * Note that the vif.cab_queue value should be set to %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE
 * whenever the queue is not used (i.e. the interface is not in AP mode) if the
 * queue could potentially be shared since mac80211 will look at cab_queue when
 * a queue is stopped/woken even if the interface is not in AP mode.
 */

2925 2926 2927 2928 2929 2930 2931 2932 2933 2934 2935 2936 2937 2938 2939 2940 2941 2942 2943 2944 2945 2946 2947 2948
/**
 * enum ieee80211_filter_flags - hardware filter flags
 *
 * These flags determine what the filter in hardware should be
 * programmed to let through and what should not be passed to the
 * stack. It is always safe to pass more frames than requested,
 * but this has negative impact on power consumption.
 *
 * @FIF_ALLMULTI: pass all multicast frames, this is used if requested
 *	by the user or if the hardware is not capable of filtering by
 *	multicast address.
 *
 * @FIF_FCSFAIL: pass frames with failed FCS (but you need to set the
 *	%RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC for them)
 *
 * @FIF_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with failed PLCP CRC (but you need to set
 *	the %RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC for them
 *
 * @FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC: This flag is set during scanning to indicate
 *	to the hardware that it should not filter beacons or probe responses
 *	by BSSID. Filtering them can greatly reduce the amount of processing
 *	mac80211 needs to do and the amount of CPU wakeups, so you should
 *	honour this flag if possible.
 *
2949 2950
 * @FIF_CONTROL: pass control frames (except for PS Poll) addressed to this
 *	station
2951 2952
 *
 * @FIF_OTHER_BSS: pass frames destined to other BSSes
I
Igor Perminov 已提交
2953
 *
2954
 * @FIF_PSPOLL: pass PS Poll frames
2955 2956
 *
 * @FIF_PROBE_REQ: pass probe request frames
2957
 */
2958 2959 2960 2961 2962 2963 2964
enum ieee80211_filter_flags {
	FIF_ALLMULTI		= 1<<1,
	FIF_FCSFAIL		= 1<<2,
	FIF_PLCPFAIL		= 1<<3,
	FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC	= 1<<4,
	FIF_CONTROL		= 1<<5,
	FIF_OTHER_BSS		= 1<<6,
I
Igor Perminov 已提交
2965
	FIF_PSPOLL		= 1<<7,
2966
	FIF_PROBE_REQ		= 1<<8,
2967 2968
};

2969 2970 2971 2972 2973
/**
 * enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action - A-MPDU actions
 *
 * These flags are used with the ampdu_action() callback in
 * &struct ieee80211_ops to indicate which action is needed.
2974 2975 2976
 *
 * Note that drivers MUST be able to deal with a TX aggregation
 * session being stopped even before they OK'ed starting it by
2977
 * calling ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe, because the peer
2978 2979
 * might receive the addBA frame and send a delBA right away!
 *
2980 2981 2982
 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START: start RX aggregation
 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP: stop RX aggregation
 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START: start TX aggregation
2983
 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL: TX aggregation has become operational
2984 2985 2986 2987 2988 2989 2990 2991 2992 2993 2994
 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT: stop TX aggregation but continue transmitting
 *	queued packets, now unaggregated. After all packets are transmitted the
 *	driver has to call ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe().
 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH: stop TX aggregation and flush all packets,
 *	called when the station is removed. There's no need or reason to call
 *	ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() in this case as mac80211 assumes the
 *	session is gone and removes the station.
 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT: called when TX aggregation is stopped
 *	but the driver hasn't called ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() yet and
 *	now the connection is dropped and the station will be removed. Drivers
 *	should clean up and drop remaining packets when this is called.
2995 2996 2997 2998
 */
enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action {
	IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START,
	IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP,
2999
	IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START,
3000 3001 3002
	IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT,
	IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH,
	IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT,
3003
	IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL,
3004
};
3005

3006 3007 3008 3009 3010 3011 3012 3013 3014 3015 3016 3017 3018 3019 3020 3021 3022 3023 3024 3025 3026 3027
/**
 * struct ieee80211_ampdu_params - AMPDU action parameters
 *
 * @action: the ampdu action, value from %ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action.
 * @sta: peer of this AMPDU session
 * @tid: tid of the BA session
 * @ssn: start sequence number of the session. TX/RX_STOP can pass 0. When
 *	action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START the driver passes back the
 *	actual ssn value used to start the session and writes the value here.
 * @buf_size: reorder buffer size  (number of subframes). Valid only when the
 *	action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START or
 *	%IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL
 * @amsdu: indicates the peer's ability to receive A-MSDU within A-MPDU.
 *	valid when the action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL
 * @timeout: BA session timeout. Valid only when the action is set to
 *	%IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START
 */
struct ieee80211_ampdu_params {
	enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action action;
	struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
	u16 tid;
	u16 ssn;
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
3028
	u16 buf_size;
3029 3030 3031 3032
	bool amsdu;
	u16 timeout;
};

3033 3034 3035
/**
 * enum ieee80211_frame_release_type - frame release reason
 * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL: frame released for PS-Poll
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3036 3037
 * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD: frame(s) released due to
 *	frame received on trigger-enabled AC
3038 3039 3040
 */
enum ieee80211_frame_release_type {
	IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL,
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3041
	IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD,
3042 3043
};

3044 3045 3046 3047
/**
 * enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed - flags to indicate what changed
 *
 * @IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED: The bandwidth that can be used to transmit
3048 3049 3050
 *	to this station changed. The actual bandwidth is in the station
 *	information -- for HT20/40 the IEEE80211_HT_CAP_SUP_WIDTH_20_40
 *	flag changes, for HT and VHT the bandwidth field changes.
3051
 * @IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED: The SMPS state of the station changed.
3052 3053 3054
 * @IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED: The supported rate set of this peer
 *	changed (in IBSS mode) due to discovering more information about
 *	the peer.
3055 3056
 * @IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED: N_SS (number of spatial streams) was changed
 *	by the peer
3057 3058 3059 3060
 */
enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed {
	IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED		= BIT(0),
	IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED	= BIT(1),
3061
	IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED	= BIT(2),
3062
	IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED	= BIT(3),
3063 3064
};

3065 3066 3067 3068 3069 3070 3071 3072 3073 3074 3075 3076 3077 3078 3079 3080 3081 3082
/**
 * enum ieee80211_roc_type - remain on channel type
 *
 * With the support for multi channel contexts and multi channel operations,
 * remain on channel operations might be limited/deferred/aborted by other
 * flows/operations which have higher priority (and vise versa).
 * Specifying the ROC type can be used by devices to prioritize the ROC
 * operations compared to other operations/flows.
 *
 * @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL: There are no special requirements for this ROC.
 * @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX: The remain on channel request is required
 *	for sending managment frames offchannel.
 */
enum ieee80211_roc_type {
	IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL = 0,
	IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX,
};

3083 3084 3085 3086 3087 3088 3089 3090 3091 3092 3093 3094 3095 3096 3097 3098
/**
 * enum ieee80211_reconfig_complete_type - reconfig type
 *
 * This enum is used by the reconfig_complete() callback to indicate what
 * reconfiguration type was completed.
 *
 * @IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_RESTART: hw restart type
 *	(also due to resume() callback returning 1)
 * @IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_SUSPEND: suspend type (regardless
 *	of wowlan configuration)
 */
enum ieee80211_reconfig_type {
	IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_RESTART,
	IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_SUSPEND,
};

3099 3100 3101 3102 3103 3104 3105 3106 3107 3108
/**
 * struct ieee80211_ops - callbacks from mac80211 to the driver
 *
 * This structure contains various callbacks that the driver may
 * handle or, in some cases, must handle, for example to configure
 * the hardware to a new channel or to transmit a frame.
 *
 * @tx: Handler that 802.11 module calls for each transmitted frame.
 *	skb contains the buffer starting from the IEEE 802.11 header.
 *	The low-level driver should send the frame out based on
3109
 *	configuration in the TX control data. This handler should,
3110 3111
 *	preferably, never fail and stop queues appropriately.
 *	Must be atomic.
3112 3113 3114 3115 3116 3117 3118 3119 3120
 *
 * @start: Called before the first netdevice attached to the hardware
 *	is enabled. This should turn on the hardware and must turn on
 *	frame reception (for possibly enabled monitor interfaces.)
 *	Returns negative error codes, these may be seen in userspace,
 *	or zero.
 *	When the device is started it should not have a MAC address
 *	to avoid acknowledging frames before a non-monitor device
 *	is added.
3121
 *	Must be implemented and can sleep.
3122 3123 3124 3125 3126
 *
 * @stop: Called after last netdevice attached to the hardware
 *	is disabled. This should turn off the hardware (at least
 *	it must turn off frame reception.)
 *	May be called right after add_interface if that rejects
3127 3128
 *	an interface. If you added any work onto the mac80211 workqueue
 *	you should ensure to cancel it on this callback.
3129
 *	Must be implemented and can sleep.
3130
 *
3131 3132 3133 3134 3135
 * @suspend: Suspend the device; mac80211 itself will quiesce before and
 *	stop transmitting and doing any other configuration, and then
 *	ask the device to suspend. This is only invoked when WoWLAN is
 *	configured, otherwise the device is deconfigured completely and
 *	reconfigured at resume time.
3136 3137 3138 3139
 *	The driver may also impose special conditions under which it
 *	wants to use the "normal" suspend (deconfigure), say if it only
 *	supports WoWLAN when the device is associated. In this case, it
 *	must return 1 from this function.
3140 3141 3142 3143 3144 3145 3146
 *
 * @resume: If WoWLAN was configured, this indicates that mac80211 is
 *	now resuming its operation, after this the device must be fully
 *	functional again. If this returns an error, the only way out is
 *	to also unregister the device. If it returns 1, then mac80211
 *	will also go through the regular complete restart on resume.
 *
3147 3148 3149 3150 3151
 * @set_wakeup: Enable or disable wakeup when WoWLAN configuration is
 *	modified. The reason is that device_set_wakeup_enable() is
 *	supposed to be called when the configuration changes, not only
 *	in suspend().
 *
3152
 * @add_interface: Called when a netdevice attached to the hardware is
3153
 *	enabled. Because it is not called for monitor mode devices, @start
3154 3155 3156 3157 3158 3159
 *	and @stop must be implemented.
 *	The driver should perform any initialization it needs before
 *	the device can be enabled. The initial configuration for the
 *	interface is given in the conf parameter.
 *	The callback may refuse to add an interface by returning a
 *	negative error code (which will be seen in userspace.)
3160
 *	Must be implemented and can sleep.
3161
 *
3162 3163 3164 3165 3166 3167
 * @change_interface: Called when a netdevice changes type. This callback
 *	is optional, but only if it is supported can interface types be
 *	switched while the interface is UP. The callback may sleep.
 *	Note that while an interface is being switched, it will not be
 *	found by the interface iteration callbacks.
 *
3168 3169 3170 3171 3172 3173 3174
 * @remove_interface: Notifies a driver that an interface is going down.
 *	The @stop callback is called after this if it is the last interface
 *	and no monitor interfaces are present.
 *	When all interfaces are removed, the MAC address in the hardware
 *	must be cleared so the device no longer acknowledges packets,
 *	the mac_addr member of the conf structure is, however, set to the
 *	MAC address of the device going away.
3175
 *	Hence, this callback must be implemented. It can sleep.
3176 3177 3178
 *
 * @config: Handler for configuration requests. IEEE 802.11 code calls this
 *	function to change hardware configuration, e.g., channel.
3179
 *	This function should never fail but returns a negative error code
3180
 *	if it does. The callback can sleep.
3181
 *
3182 3183 3184 3185 3186
 * @bss_info_changed: Handler for configuration requests related to BSS
 *	parameters that may vary during BSS's lifespan, and may affect low
 *	level driver (e.g. assoc/disassoc status, erp parameters).
 *	This function should not be used if no BSS has been set, unless
 *	for association indication. The @changed parameter indicates which
3187 3188
 *	of the bss parameters has changed when a call is made. The callback
 *	can sleep.
3189
 *
3190 3191 3192 3193
 * @prepare_multicast: Prepare for multicast filter configuration.
 *	This callback is optional, and its return value is passed
 *	to configure_filter(). This callback must be atomic.
 *
3194 3195
 * @configure_filter: Configure the device's RX filter.
 *	See the section "Frame filtering" for more information.
3196
 *	This callback must be implemented and can sleep.
3197
 *
3198 3199 3200 3201 3202 3203 3204
 * @config_iface_filter: Configure the interface's RX filter.
 *	This callback is optional and is used to configure which frames
 *	should be passed to mac80211. The filter_flags is the combination
 *	of FIF_* flags. The changed_flags is a bit mask that indicates
 *	which flags are changed.
 *	This callback can sleep.
 *
3205
 * @set_tim: Set TIM bit. mac80211 calls this function when a TIM bit
3206
 * 	must be set or cleared for a given STA. Must be atomic.
3207 3208
 *
 * @set_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration"
3209 3210
 *	This callback is only called between add_interface and
 *	remove_interface calls, i.e. while the given virtual interface
3211
 *	is enabled.
3212
 *	Returns a negative error code if the key can't be added.
3213
 *	The callback can sleep.
3214
 *
3215 3216 3217
 * @update_tkip_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration"
 * 	This callback will be called in the context of Rx. Called for drivers
 * 	which set IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_TKIP_REQ_RX_P1_KEY.
3218
 *	The callback must be atomic.
3219
 *
3220 3221 3222 3223 3224 3225
 * @set_rekey_data: If the device supports GTK rekeying, for example while the
 *	host is suspended, it can assign this callback to retrieve the data
 *	necessary to do GTK rekeying, this is the KEK, KCK and replay counter.
 *	After rekeying was done it should (for example during resume) notify
 *	userspace of the new replay counter using ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify().
 *
3226 3227 3228 3229
 * @set_default_unicast_key: Set the default (unicast) key index, useful for
 *	WEP when the device sends data packets autonomously, e.g. for ARP
 *	offloading. The index can be 0-3, or -1 for unsetting it.
 *
3230
 * @hw_scan: Ask the hardware to service the scan request, no need to start
3231
 *	the scan state machine in stack. The scan must honour the channel
3232 3233
 *	configuration done by the regulatory agent in the wiphy's
 *	registered bands. The hardware (or the driver) needs to make sure
3234 3235 3236 3237 3238 3239 3240 3241
 *	that power save is disabled.
 *	The @req ie/ie_len members are rewritten by mac80211 to contain the
 *	entire IEs after the SSID, so that drivers need not look at these
 *	at all but just send them after the SSID -- mac80211 includes the
 *	(extended) supported rates and HT information (where applicable).
 *	When the scan finishes, ieee80211_scan_completed() must be called;
 *	note that it also must be called when the scan cannot finish due to
 *	any error unless this callback returned a negative error code.
3242
 *	The callback can sleep.
3243
 *
3244 3245 3246 3247 3248 3249 3250 3251
 * @cancel_hw_scan: Ask the low-level tp cancel the active hw scan.
 *	The driver should ask the hardware to cancel the scan (if possible),
 *	but the scan will be completed only after the driver will call
 *	ieee80211_scan_completed().
 *	This callback is needed for wowlan, to prevent enqueueing a new
 *	scan_work after the low-level driver was already suspended.
 *	The callback can sleep.
 *
3252 3253 3254 3255 3256 3257
 * @sched_scan_start: Ask the hardware to start scanning repeatedly at
 *	specific intervals.  The driver must call the
 *	ieee80211_sched_scan_results() function whenever it finds results.
 *	This process will continue until sched_scan_stop is called.
 *
 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the hardware to stop an ongoing scheduled scan.
3258
 *	In this case, ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped() must not be called.
3259
 *
3260 3261
 * @sw_scan_start: Notifier function that is called just before a software scan
 *	is started. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need this notification.
3262 3263 3264
 *	The mac_addr parameter allows supporting NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR,
 *	the driver may set the NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR flag if it
 *	can use this parameter. The callback can sleep.
3265
 *
3266 3267 3268 3269
 * @sw_scan_complete: Notifier function that is called just after a
 *	software scan finished. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need
 *	this notification.
 *	The callback can sleep.
3270
 *
3271 3272
 * @get_stats: Return low-level statistics.
 * 	Returns zero if statistics are available.
3273
 *	The callback can sleep.
3274
 *
3275 3276 3277
 * @get_key_seq: If your device implements encryption in hardware and does
 *	IV/PN assignment then this callback should be provided to read the
 *	IV/PN for the given key from hardware.
3278
 *	The callback must be atomic.
3279
 *
3280
 * @set_frag_threshold: Configuration of fragmentation threshold. Assign this
3281 3282 3283
 *	if the device does fragmentation by itself. Note that to prevent the
 *	stack from doing fragmentation IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG
 *	should be set as well.
3284 3285
 *	The callback can sleep.
 *
3286
 * @set_rts_threshold: Configuration of RTS threshold (if device needs it)
3287
 *	The callback can sleep.
3288
 *
3289 3290 3291 3292
 * @sta_add: Notifies low level driver about addition of an associated station,
 *	AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. This callback can sleep.
 *
 * @sta_remove: Notifies low level driver about removal of an associated
3293 3294 3295 3296 3297
 *	station, AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. Note that after the callback
 *	returns it isn't safe to use the pointer, not even RCU protected;
 *	no RCU grace period is guaranteed between returning here and freeing
 *	the station. See @sta_pre_rcu_remove if needed.
 *	This callback can sleep.
3298
 *
3299 3300
 * @sta_add_debugfs: Drivers can use this callback to add debugfs files
 *	when a station is added to mac80211's station list. This callback
3301 3302
 *	should be within a CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS conditional. This
 *	callback can sleep.
3303
 *
3304
 * @sta_notify: Notifies low level driver about power state transition of an
3305 3306 3307
 *	associated station, AP,  IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. For a VIF operating
 *	in AP mode, this callback will not be called when the flag
 *	%IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS is set. Must be atomic.
3308
 *
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3309 3310 3311 3312
 * @sta_state: Notifies low level driver about state transition of a
 *	station (which can be the AP, a client, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc.)
 *	This callback is mutually exclusive with @sta_add/@sta_remove.
 *	It must not fail for down transitions but may fail for transitions
3313 3314 3315 3316 3317 3318 3319 3320 3321 3322 3323
 *	up the list of states. Also note that after the callback returns it
 *	isn't safe to use the pointer, not even RCU protected - no RCU grace
 *	period is guaranteed between returning here and freeing the station.
 *	See @sta_pre_rcu_remove if needed.
 *	The callback can sleep.
 *
 * @sta_pre_rcu_remove: Notify driver about station removal before RCU
 *	synchronisation. This is useful if a driver needs to have station
 *	pointers protected using RCU, it can then use this call to clear
 *	the pointers instead of waiting for an RCU grace period to elapse
 *	in @sta_state.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3324 3325
 *	The callback can sleep.
 *
3326 3327 3328 3329 3330 3331 3332
 * @sta_rc_update: Notifies the driver of changes to the bitrates that can be
 *	used to transmit to the station. The changes are advertised with bits
 *	from &enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed and the values are reflected
 *	in the station data. This callback should only be used when the driver
 *	uses hardware rate control (%IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL) since
 *	otherwise the rate control algorithm is notified directly.
 *	Must be atomic.
3333 3334 3335
 * @sta_rate_tbl_update: Notifies the driver that the rate table changed. This
 *	is only used if the configured rate control algorithm actually uses
 *	the new rate table API, and is therefore optional. Must be atomic.
3336
 *
3337 3338 3339 3340 3341 3342 3343 3344
 * @sta_statistics: Get statistics for this station. For example with beacon
 *	filtering, the statistics kept by mac80211 might not be accurate, so
 *	let the driver pre-fill the statistics. The driver can fill most of
 *	the values (indicating which by setting the filled bitmap), but not
 *	all of them make sense - see the source for which ones are possible.
 *	Statistics that the driver doesn't fill will be filled by mac80211.
 *	The callback can sleep.
 *
3345
 * @conf_tx: Configure TX queue parameters (EDCF (aifs, cw_min, cw_max),
3346
 *	bursting) for a hardware TX queue.
3347
 *	Returns a negative error code on failure.
3348
 *	The callback can sleep.
3349 3350
 *
 * @get_tsf: Get the current TSF timer value from firmware/hardware. Currently,
3351
 *	this is only used for IBSS mode BSSID merging and debugging. Is not a
3352
 *	required function.
3353
 *	The callback can sleep.
3354 3355
 *
 * @set_tsf: Set the TSF timer to the specified value in the firmware/hardware.
3356
 *	Currently, this is only used for IBSS mode debugging. Is not a
3357
 *	required function.
3358
 *	The callback can sleep.
3359
 *
3360 3361 3362 3363 3364 3365
 * @offset_tsf: Offset the TSF timer by the specified value in the
 *	firmware/hardware.  Preferred to set_tsf as it avoids delay between
 *	calling set_tsf() and hardware getting programmed, which will show up
 *	as TSF delay. Is not a required function.
 *	The callback can sleep.
 *
3366 3367 3368 3369
 * @reset_tsf: Reset the TSF timer and allow firmware/hardware to synchronize
 *	with other STAs in the IBSS. This is only used in IBSS mode. This
 *	function is optional if the firmware/hardware takes full care of
 *	TSF synchronization.
3370
 *	The callback can sleep.
3371 3372 3373 3374
 *
 * @tx_last_beacon: Determine whether the last IBSS beacon was sent by us.
 *	This is needed only for IBSS mode and the result of this function is
 *	used to determine whether to reply to Probe Requests.
3375
 *	Returns non-zero if this device sent the last beacon.
3376
 *	The callback can sleep.
3377
 *
3378 3379
 * @get_survey: Return per-channel survey information
 *
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3380 3381 3382
 * @rfkill_poll: Poll rfkill hardware state. If you need this, you also
 *	need to set wiphy->rfkill_poll to %true before registration,
 *	and need to call wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state() in the callback.
3383
 *	The callback can sleep.
3384
 *
3385 3386
 * @set_coverage_class: Set slot time for given coverage class as specified
 *	in IEEE 802.11-2007 section 17.3.8.6 and modify ACK timeout
3387 3388 3389
 *	accordingly; coverage class equals to -1 to enable ACK timeout
 *	estimation algorithm (dynack). To disable dynack set valid value for
 *	coverage class. This callback is not required and may sleep.
3390
 *
3391 3392
 * @testmode_cmd: Implement a cfg80211 test mode command. The passed @vif may
 *	be %NULL. The callback can sleep.
W
Wey-Yi Guy 已提交
3393
 * @testmode_dump: Implement a cfg80211 test mode dump. The callback can sleep.
3394 3395
 *
 * @flush: Flush all pending frames from the hardware queue, making sure
3396 3397 3398 3399
 *	that the hardware queues are empty. The @queues parameter is a bitmap
 *	of queues to flush, which is useful if different virtual interfaces
 *	use different hardware queues; it may also indicate all queues.
 *	If the parameter @drop is set to %true, pending frames may be dropped.
3400
 *	Note that vif can be NULL.
3401
 *	The callback can sleep.
3402 3403 3404 3405 3406
 *
 * @channel_switch: Drivers that need (or want) to offload the channel
 *	switch operation for CSAs received from the AP may implement this
 *	callback. They must then call ieee80211_chswitch_done() to indicate
 *	completion of the channel switch.
3407
 *
3408 3409 3410 3411 3412 3413
 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device.
 *	Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may
 *	reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL
 *	(also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX).
 *
 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant).
3414 3415 3416 3417 3418 3419 3420
 *
 * @remain_on_channel: Starts an off-channel period on the given channel, must
 *	call back to ieee80211_ready_on_channel() when on that channel. Note
 *	that normal channel traffic is not stopped as this is intended for hw
 *	offload. Frames to transmit on the off-channel channel are transmitted
 *	normally except for the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN flag. When the
 *	duration (which will always be non-zero) expires, the driver must call
3421 3422 3423 3424
 *	ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired().
 *	Note that this callback may be called while the device is in IDLE and
 *	must be accepted in this case.
 *	This callback may sleep.
3425 3426
 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Requests that an ongoing off-channel period is
 *	aborted before it expires. This callback may sleep.
3427 3428 3429 3430
 *
 * @set_ringparam: Set tx and rx ring sizes.
 *
 * @get_ringparam: Get tx and rx ring current and maximum sizes.
3431 3432 3433
 *
 * @tx_frames_pending: Check if there is any pending frame in the hardware
 *	queues before entering power save.
3434 3435 3436 3437
 *
 * @set_bitrate_mask: Set a mask of rates to be used for rate control selection
 *	when transmitting a frame. Currently only legacy rates are handled.
 *	The callback can sleep.
3438 3439
 * @event_callback: Notify driver about any event in mac80211. See
 *	&enum ieee80211_event_type for the different types.
3440
 *	The callback must be atomic.
3441 3442 3443 3444 3445
 *
 * @release_buffered_frames: Release buffered frames according to the given
 *	parameters. In the case where the driver buffers some frames for
 *	sleeping stations mac80211 will use this callback to tell the driver
 *	to release some frames, either for PS-poll or uAPSD.
3446
 *	Note that if the @more_data parameter is %false the driver must check
3447 3448 3449 3450 3451 3452
 *	if there are more frames on the given TIDs, and if there are more than
 *	the frames being released then it must still set the more-data bit in
 *	the frame. If the @more_data parameter is %true, then of course the
 *	more-data bit must always be set.
 *	The @tids parameter tells the driver which TIDs to release frames
 *	from, for PS-poll it will always have only a single bit set.
3453 3454 3455 3456 3457 3458
 *	In the case this is used for a PS-poll initiated release, the
 *	@num_frames parameter will always be 1 so code can be shared. In
 *	this case the driver must also set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag
 *	on the TX status (and must report TX status) so that the PS-poll
 *	period is properly ended. This is used to avoid sending multiple
 *	responses for a retried PS-poll frame.
3459 3460 3461
 *	In the case this is used for uAPSD, the @num_frames parameter may be
 *	bigger than one, but the driver may send fewer frames (it must send
 *	at least one, however). In this case it is also responsible for
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3462 3463
 *	setting the EOSP flag in the QoS header of the frames. Also, when the
 *	service period ends, the driver must set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP
3464
 *	on the last frame in the SP. Alternatively, it may call the function
3465
 *	ieee80211_sta_eosp() to inform mac80211 of the end of the SP.
3466
 *	This callback must be atomic.
3467 3468 3469
 * @allow_buffered_frames: Prepare device to allow the given number of frames
 *	to go out to the given station. The frames will be sent by mac80211
 *	via the usual TX path after this call. The TX information for frames
3470
 *	released will also have the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER flag set
3471 3472 3473 3474
 *	and the last one will also have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set. In case
 *	frames from multiple TIDs are released and the driver might reorder
 *	them between the TIDs, it must set the %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag
 *	on the last frame and clear it on all others and also handle the EOSP
3475
 *	bit in the QoS header correctly. Alternatively, it can also call the
3476
 *	ieee80211_sta_eosp() function.
3477 3478 3479
 *	The @tids parameter is a bitmap and tells the driver which TIDs the
 *	frames will be on; it will at most have two bits set.
 *	This callback must be atomic.
3480 3481 3482 3483 3484 3485 3486 3487
 *
 * @get_et_sset_count:  Ethtool API to get string-set count.
 *
 * @get_et_stats:  Ethtool API to get a set of u64 stats.
 *
 * @get_et_strings:  Ethtool API to get a set of strings to describe stats
 *	and perhaps other supported types of ethtool data-sets.
 *
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3488 3489 3490 3491 3492 3493 3494 3495 3496
 * @mgd_prepare_tx: Prepare for transmitting a management frame for association
 *	before associated. In multi-channel scenarios, a virtual interface is
 *	bound to a channel before it is associated, but as it isn't associated
 *	yet it need not necessarily be given airtime, in particular since any
 *	transmission to a P2P GO needs to be synchronized against the GO's
 *	powersave state. mac80211 will call this function before transmitting a
 *	management frame prior to having successfully associated to allow the
 *	driver to give it channel time for the transmission, to get a response
 *	and to be able to synchronize with the GO.
3497 3498 3499
 *	For drivers that set %IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP, mac80211
 *	would also call this function before transmitting a deauthentication
 *	frame in case that no beacon was heard from the AP/P2P GO.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3500 3501
 *	The callback will be called before each transmission and upon return
 *	mac80211 will transmit the frame right away.
3502 3503
 *      If duration is greater than zero, mac80211 hints to the driver the
 *      duration for which the operation is requested.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3504
 *	The callback is optional and can (should!) sleep.
3505
 *
3506 3507 3508 3509 3510 3511 3512 3513 3514
 * @mgd_protect_tdls_discover: Protect a TDLS discovery session. After sending
 *	a TDLS discovery-request, we expect a reply to arrive on the AP's
 *	channel. We must stay on the channel (no PSM, scan, etc.), since a TDLS
 *	setup-response is a direct packet not buffered by the AP.
 *	mac80211 will call this function just before the transmission of a TDLS
 *	discovery-request. The recommended period of protection is at least
 *	2 * (DTIM period).
 *	The callback is optional and can sleep.
 *
3515
 * @add_chanctx: Notifies device driver about new channel context creation.
3516
 *	This callback may sleep.
3517
 * @remove_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context destruction.
3518
 *	This callback may sleep.
3519 3520 3521
 * @change_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context changes that
 *	may happen when combining different virtual interfaces on the same
 *	channel context with different settings
3522
 *	This callback may sleep.
3523 3524
 * @assign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being bound
 *	to vif. Possible use is for hw queue remapping.
3525
 *	This callback may sleep.
3526 3527
 * @unassign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being
 *	unbound from vif.
3528
 *	This callback may sleep.
3529 3530 3531 3532
 * @switch_vif_chanctx: switch a number of vifs from one chanctx to
 *	another, as specified in the list of
 *	@ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch passed to the driver, according
 *	to the mode defined in &ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode.
3533
 *	This callback may sleep.
3534
 *
3535 3536 3537 3538 3539 3540 3541
 * @start_ap: Start operation on the AP interface, this is called after all the
 *	information in bss_conf is set and beacon can be retrieved. A channel
 *	context is bound before this is called. Note that if the driver uses
 *	software scan or ROC, this (and @stop_ap) isn't called when the AP is
 *	just "paused" for scanning/ROC, which is indicated by the beacon being
 *	disabled/enabled via @bss_info_changed.
 * @stop_ap: Stop operation on the AP interface.
3542
 *
3543 3544 3545 3546 3547
 * @reconfig_complete: Called after a call to ieee80211_restart_hw() and
 *	during resume, when the reconfiguration has completed.
 *	This can help the driver implement the reconfiguration step (and
 *	indicate mac80211 is ready to receive frames).
 *	This callback may sleep.
3548
 *
3549 3550 3551
 * @ipv6_addr_change: IPv6 address assignment on the given interface changed.
 *	Currently, this is only called for managed or P2P client interfaces.
 *	This callback is optional; it must not sleep.
3552 3553 3554 3555
 *
 * @channel_switch_beacon: Starts a channel switch to a new channel.
 *	Beacons are modified to include CSA or ECSA IEs before calling this
 *	function. The corresponding count fields in these IEs must be
3556
 *	decremented, and when they reach 1 the driver must call
3557 3558
 *	ieee80211_csa_finish(). Drivers which use ieee80211_beacon_get()
 *	get the csa counter decremented by mac80211, but must check if it is
3559
 *	1 using ieee80211_csa_is_complete() after the beacon has been
3560
 *	transmitted and then call ieee80211_csa_finish().
3561 3562
 *	If the CSA count starts as zero or 1, this function will not be called,
 *	since there won't be any time to beacon before the switch anyway.
3563 3564
 * @pre_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
 *	before a channel switch procedure is started (ie. when a STA
3565
 *	gets a CSA or a userspace initiated channel-switch), allowing
3566
 *	the driver to prepare for the channel switch.
3567 3568 3569
 * @post_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
 *	after a channel switch procedure is completed, allowing the
 *	driver to go back to a normal configuration.
3570
 *
3571 3572 3573 3574
 * @join_ibss: Join an IBSS (on an IBSS interface); this is called after all
 *	information in bss_conf is set up and the beacon can be retrieved. A
 *	channel context is bound before this is called.
 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS again.
3575 3576 3577 3578
 *
 * @get_expected_throughput: extract the expected throughput towards the
 *	specified station. The returned value is expressed in Kbps. It returns 0
 *	if the RC algorithm does not have proper data to provide.
3579 3580 3581
 *
 * @get_txpower: get current maximum tx power (in dBm) based on configuration
 *	and hardware limits.
3582 3583 3584 3585 3586 3587 3588 3589 3590 3591
 *
 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver
 *	is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations
 *	and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. The
 *	driver receives a channel-switch request template and the location of
 *	the switch-timing IE within the template as part of the invocation.
 *	The template is valid only within the call, and the driver can
 *	optionally copy the skb for further re-use.
 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both
 *	peers must be on the base channel when the call completes.
3592 3593 3594 3595 3596 3597 3598
 * @tdls_recv_channel_switch: a TDLS channel-switch related frame (request or
 *	response) has been received from a remote peer. The driver gets
 *	parameters parsed from the incoming frame and may use them to continue
 *	an ongoing channel-switch operation. In addition, a channel-switch
 *	response template is provided, together with the location of the
 *	switch-timing IE within the template. The skb can only be used within
 *	the function call.
3599 3600
 *
 * @wake_tx_queue: Called when new packets have been added to the queue.
3601 3602 3603 3604
 * @sync_rx_queues: Process all pending frames in RSS queues. This is a
 *	synchronization which is needed in case driver has in its RSS queues
 *	pending frames that were received prior to the control path action
 *	currently taken (e.g. disassociation) but are not processed yet.
3605 3606 3607
 *
 * @start_nan: join an existing NAN cluster, or create a new one.
 * @stop_nan: leave the NAN cluster.
3608 3609 3610 3611 3612 3613
 * @nan_change_conf: change NAN configuration. The data in cfg80211_nan_conf
 *	contains full new configuration and changes specify which parameters
 *	are changed with respect to the last NAN config.
 *	The driver gets both full configuration and the changed parameters since
 *	some devices may need the full configuration while others need only the
 *	changed parameters.
3614 3615 3616 3617 3618 3619
 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns 0 on success. The data in
 *	cfg80211_nan_func must not be referenced outside the scope of
 *	this call.
 * @del_nan_func: Remove a NAN function. The driver must call
 *	ieee80211_nan_func_terminated() with
 *	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST reason code upon removal.
3620 3621 3622 3623
 * @can_aggregate_in_amsdu: Called in order to determine if HW supports
 *	aggregating two specific frames in the same A-MSDU. The relation
 *	between the skbs should be symmetric and transitive. Note that while
 *	skb is always a real frame, head may or may not be an A-MSDU.
3624 3625
 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available.
 *	Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided.
3626
 */
3627
struct ieee80211_ops {
3628 3629 3630
	void (*tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
		   struct ieee80211_tx_control *control,
		   struct sk_buff *skb);
3631 3632
	int (*start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
	void (*stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3633 3634 3635
#ifdef CONFIG_PM
	int (*suspend)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan);
	int (*resume)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3636
	void (*set_wakeup)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, bool enabled);
3637
#endif
3638
	int (*add_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3639
			     struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3640 3641
	int (*change_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3642
				enum nl80211_iftype new_type, bool p2p);
3643
	void (*remove_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3644
				 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3645
	int (*config)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 changed);
3646 3647 3648 3649
	void (*bss_info_changed)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				 struct ieee80211_bss_conf *info,
				 u32 changed);
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3650

3651 3652 3653
	int (*start_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
	void (*stop_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);

3654
	u64 (*prepare_multicast)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3655
				 struct netdev_hw_addr_list *mc_list);
3656 3657 3658
	void (*configure_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				 unsigned int changed_flags,
				 unsigned int *total_flags,
3659
				 u64 multicast);
3660 3661 3662 3663
	void (*config_iface_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				    struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				    unsigned int filter_flags,
				    unsigned int changed_flags);
3664 3665
	int (*set_tim)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
		       bool set);
3666
	int (*set_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, enum set_key_cmd cmd,
3667
		       struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3668
		       struct ieee80211_key_conf *key);
3669
	void (*update_tkip_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3670 3671 3672 3673
				struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				struct ieee80211_key_conf *conf,
				struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
				u32 iv32, u16 *phase1key);
3674 3675 3676
	void (*set_rekey_data)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			       struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			       struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data);
3677 3678
	void (*set_default_unicast_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
					struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int idx);
3679
	int (*hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3680
		       struct ieee80211_scan_request *req);
3681 3682
	void (*cancel_hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			       struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3683 3684 3685
	int (*sched_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *req,
D
David Spinadel 已提交
3686
				struct ieee80211_scan_ies *ies);
3687
	int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3688
			       struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3689 3690 3691 3692 3693
	void (*sw_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			      struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			      const u8 *mac_addr);
	void (*sw_scan_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3694 3695
	int (*get_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			 struct ieee80211_low_level_stats *stats);
3696 3697 3698
	void (*get_key_seq)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			    struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
			    struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
3699
	int (*set_frag_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value);
3700
	int (*set_rts_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value);
3701 3702 3703 3704
	int (*sta_add)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
		       struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
	int (*sta_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			  struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
3705 3706 3707 3708 3709 3710
#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS
	void (*sta_add_debugfs)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
				struct dentry *dir);
#endif
3711
	void (*sta_notify)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3712
			enum sta_notify_cmd, struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3713 3714 3715 3716
	int (*sta_state)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
			 enum ieee80211_sta_state old_state,
			 enum ieee80211_sta_state new_state);
3717 3718 3719
	void (*sta_pre_rcu_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				   struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				   struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
3720 3721 3722 3723
	void (*sta_rc_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			      struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			      struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
			      u32 changed);
3724 3725 3726
	void (*sta_rate_tbl_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				    struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				    struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
3727 3728 3729 3730
	void (*sta_statistics)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			       struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			       struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
			       struct station_info *sinfo);
3731
	int (*conf_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3732
		       struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 ac,
3733
		       const struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params *params);
3734 3735 3736
	u64 (*get_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
	void (*set_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			u64 tsf);
3737 3738
	void (*offset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			   s64 offset);
3739
	void (*reset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3740
	int (*tx_last_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3741 3742 3743 3744 3745 3746 3747 3748 3749 3750 3751 3752 3753 3754 3755 3756 3757 3758 3759 3760 3761 3762 3763 3764 3765 3766 3767 3768 3769

	/**
	 * @ampdu_action:
	 * Perform a certain A-MPDU action.
	 * The RA/TID combination determines the destination and TID we want
	 * the ampdu action to be performed for. The action is defined through
	 * ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action.
	 * When the action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL the driver
	 * may neither send aggregates containing more subframes than @buf_size
	 * nor send aggregates in a way that lost frames would exceed the
	 * buffer size. If just limiting the aggregate size, this would be
	 * possible with a buf_size of 8:
	 *
	 * - ``TX: 1.....7``
	 * - ``RX:  2....7`` (lost frame #1)
	 * - ``TX:        8..1...``
	 *
	 * which is invalid since #1 was now re-transmitted well past the
	 * buffer size of 8. Correct ways to retransmit #1 would be:
	 *
	 * - ``TX:        1   or``
	 * - ``TX:        18  or``
	 * - ``TX:        81``
	 *
	 * Even ``189`` would be wrong since 1 could be lost again.
	 *
	 * Returns a negative error code on failure.
	 * The callback can sleep.
	 */
3770
	int (*ampdu_action)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3771
			    struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3772
			    struct ieee80211_ampdu_params *params);
3773 3774
	int (*get_survey)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int idx,
		struct survey_info *survey);
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3775
	void (*rfkill_poll)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3776
	void (*set_coverage_class)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, s16 coverage_class);
3777
#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
3778 3779
	int (*testmode_cmd)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			    void *data, int len);
W
Wey-Yi Guy 已提交
3780 3781 3782
	int (*testmode_dump)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb,
			     struct netlink_callback *cb,
			     void *data, int len);
3783
#endif
3784 3785
	void (*flush)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
		      u32 queues, bool drop);
3786
	void (*channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3787
			       struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3788
			       struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
3789 3790
	int (*set_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant);
	int (*get_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant);
3791 3792

	int (*remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3793
				 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3794
				 struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
3795 3796
				 int duration,
				 enum ieee80211_roc_type type);
3797
	int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3798 3799 3800
	int (*set_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx, u32 rx);
	void (*get_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			      u32 *tx, u32 *tx_max, u32 *rx, u32 *rx_max);
3801
	bool (*tx_frames_pending)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3802 3803
	int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask);
3804 3805 3806
	void (*event_callback)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			       struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			       const struct ieee80211_event *event);
3807

3808 3809 3810 3811 3812
	void (*allow_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				      struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
				      u16 tids, int num_frames,
				      enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason,
				      bool more_data);
3813 3814 3815 3816 3817
	void (*release_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
					struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
					u16 tids, int num_frames,
					enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason,
					bool more_data);
3818 3819 3820 3821 3822 3823 3824 3825 3826

	int	(*get_et_sset_count)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				     struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int sset);
	void	(*get_et_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				struct ethtool_stats *stats, u64 *data);
	void	(*get_et_strings)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				  struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				  u32 sset, u8 *data);
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3827 3828

	void	(*mgd_prepare_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3829 3830
				  struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				  u16 duration);
3831

3832 3833 3834
	void	(*mgd_protect_tdls_discover)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
					     struct ieee80211_vif *vif);

3835 3836 3837 3838 3839 3840 3841 3842 3843 3844 3845 3846 3847
	int (*add_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			   struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
	void (*remove_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			       struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
	void (*change_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			       struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx,
			       u32 changed);
	int (*assign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				  struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				  struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
	void (*unassign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				     struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				     struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
3848 3849 3850 3851
	int (*switch_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				  struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch *vifs,
				  int n_vifs,
				  enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode mode);
3852

3853 3854
	void (*reconfig_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				  enum ieee80211_reconfig_type reconfig_type);
3855 3856 3857 3858 3859 3860

#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6)
	void (*ipv6_addr_change)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				 struct inet6_dev *idev);
#endif
3861 3862 3863
	void (*channel_switch_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				      struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				      struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
3864 3865 3866
	int (*pre_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				  struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				  struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
3867

3868 3869 3870
	int (*post_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				   struct ieee80211_vif *vif);

3871 3872
	int (*join_ibss)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
	void (*leave_ibss)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3873 3874
	u32 (*get_expected_throughput)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				       struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
3875 3876
	int (*get_txpower)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			   int *dbm);
3877 3878 3879 3880 3881

	int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				   struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				   struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 oper_class,
				   struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
3882
				   struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb, u32 ch_sw_tm_ie);
3883 3884 3885
	void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
					   struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
					   struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
3886 3887 3888
	void (*tdls_recv_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
					 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
					 struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params *params);
3889

3890 3891
	void (*wake_tx_queue)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			      struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
3892
	void (*sync_rx_queues)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3893 3894 3895 3896 3897 3898

	int (*start_nan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf);
	int (*stop_nan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3899 3900 3901
	int (*nan_change_conf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			       struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			       struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, u32 changes);
3902 3903 3904 3905 3906 3907
	int (*add_nan_func)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			    struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			    const struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func);
	void (*del_nan_func)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			    struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			    u8 instance_id);
3908 3909 3910
	bool (*can_aggregate_in_amsdu)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				       struct sk_buff *head,
				       struct sk_buff *skb);
3911 3912 3913
	int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				       struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				       struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats);
3914 3915
};

3916
/**
3917
 * ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm - Allocate a new hardware device
3918 3919 3920 3921 3922 3923 3924 3925 3926
 *
 * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer
 * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions.
 * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by
 * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as
 * @priv_data_len.
 *
 * @priv_data_len: length of private data
 * @ops: callbacks for this device
3927 3928
 * @requested_name: Requested name for this device.
 *	NULL is valid value, and means use the default naming (phy%d)
3929 3930
 *
 * Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error.
3931
 */
3932 3933 3934 3935 3936 3937 3938 3939 3940 3941 3942 3943 3944 3945 3946 3947 3948 3949 3950
struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm(size_t priv_data_len,
					   const struct ieee80211_ops *ops,
					   const char *requested_name);

/**
 * ieee80211_alloc_hw - Allocate a new hardware device
 *
 * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer
 * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions.
 * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by
 * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as
 * @priv_data_len.
 *
 * @priv_data_len: length of private data
 * @ops: callbacks for this device
 *
 * Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error.
 */
static inline
3951
struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw(size_t priv_data_len,
3952 3953 3954 3955
					const struct ieee80211_ops *ops)
{
	return ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm(priv_data_len, ops, NULL);
}
3956

3957 3958 3959
/**
 * ieee80211_register_hw - Register hardware device
 *
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3960 3961 3962
 * You must call this function before any other functions in
 * mac80211. Note that before a hardware can be registered, you
 * need to fill the contained wiphy's information.
3963 3964
 *
 * @hw: the device to register as returned by ieee80211_alloc_hw()
3965 3966
 *
 * Return: 0 on success. An error code otherwise.
3967
 */
3968 3969
int ieee80211_register_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);

3970 3971 3972 3973 3974 3975 3976 3977 3978 3979 3980
/**
 * struct ieee80211_tpt_blink - throughput blink description
 * @throughput: throughput in Kbit/sec
 * @blink_time: blink time in milliseconds
 *	(full cycle, ie. one off + one on period)
 */
struct ieee80211_tpt_blink {
	int throughput;
	int blink_time;
};

3981 3982 3983 3984 3985 3986 3987 3988 3989 3990 3991 3992 3993
/**
 * enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags - throughput trigger flags
 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO: enable blinking with radio
 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK: enable blinking when working
 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED: enable blinking when at least one
 *	interface is connected in some way, including being an AP
 */
enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags {
	IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO		= BIT(0),
	IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK		= BIT(1),
	IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED	= BIT(2),
};

3994
#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
3995 3996 3997 3998 3999 4000 4001 4002 4003
const char *__ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
const char *__ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
const char *__ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
const char *__ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
const char *
__ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				   unsigned int flags,
				   const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table,
				   unsigned int blink_table_len);
4004
#endif
4005 4006 4007 4008 4009 4010 4011 4012 4013
/**
 * ieee80211_get_tx_led_name - get name of TX LED
 *
 * mac80211 creates a transmit LED trigger for each wireless hardware
 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
 *
 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
4014 4015
 *
 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
4016
 */
4017
static inline const char *ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
4018 4019 4020 4021 4022 4023 4024 4025
{
#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
	return __ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(hw);
#else
	return NULL;
#endif
}

4026 4027 4028 4029 4030 4031 4032 4033 4034
/**
 * ieee80211_get_rx_led_name - get name of RX LED
 *
 * mac80211 creates a receive LED trigger for each wireless hardware
 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
 *
 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
4035 4036
 *
 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
4037
 */
4038
static inline const char *ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
4039 4040 4041 4042 4043 4044 4045 4046
{
#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
	return __ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(hw);
#else
	return NULL;
#endif
}

I
Ivo van Doorn 已提交
4047 4048 4049 4050 4051 4052 4053 4054 4055
/**
 * ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name - get name of association LED
 *
 * mac80211 creates a association LED trigger for each wireless hardware
 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
 *
 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
4056 4057
 *
 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
I
Ivo van Doorn 已提交
4058
 */
4059
static inline const char *ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
4060 4061 4062 4063 4064 4065 4066 4067
{
#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
	return __ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(hw);
#else
	return NULL;
#endif
}

I
Ivo van Doorn 已提交
4068 4069 4070 4071 4072 4073 4074 4075 4076
/**
 * ieee80211_get_radio_led_name - get name of radio LED
 *
 * mac80211 creates a radio change LED trigger for each wireless hardware
 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
 *
 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
4077 4078
 *
 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
I
Ivo van Doorn 已提交
4079
 */
4080
static inline const char *ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
I
Ivo van Doorn 已提交
4081 4082 4083 4084 4085 4086 4087
{
#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
	return __ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(hw);
#else
	return NULL;
#endif
}
4088

4089 4090 4091
/**
 * ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger - create throughput LED trigger
 * @hw: the hardware to create the trigger for
4092
 * @flags: trigger flags, see &enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags
4093 4094 4095
 * @blink_table: the blink table -- needs to be ordered by throughput
 * @blink_table_len: size of the blink table
 *
4096 4097 4098 4099
 * Return: %NULL (in case of error, or if no LED triggers are
 * configured) or the name of the new trigger.
 *
 * Note: This function must be called before ieee80211_register_hw().
4100
 */
4101
static inline const char *
4102
ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, unsigned int flags,
4103 4104 4105 4106
				 const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table,
				 unsigned int blink_table_len)
{
#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4107
	return __ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(hw, flags, blink_table,
4108 4109 4110 4111 4112 4113
						  blink_table_len);
#else
	return NULL;
#endif
}

4114 4115 4116 4117 4118 4119 4120 4121
/**
 * ieee80211_unregister_hw - Unregister a hardware device
 *
 * This function instructs mac80211 to free allocated resources
 * and unregister netdevices from the networking subsystem.
 *
 * @hw: the hardware to unregister
 */
4122 4123
void ieee80211_unregister_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);

4124 4125 4126 4127 4128
/**
 * ieee80211_free_hw - free hardware descriptor
 *
 * This function frees everything that was allocated, including the
 * private data for the driver. You must call ieee80211_unregister_hw()
R
Randy Dunlap 已提交
4129
 * before calling this function.
4130 4131 4132
 *
 * @hw: the hardware to free
 */
4133 4134
void ieee80211_free_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);

4135 4136 4137 4138 4139 4140 4141 4142 4143 4144 4145 4146 4147 4148
/**
 * ieee80211_restart_hw - restart hardware completely
 *
 * Call this function when the hardware was restarted for some reason
 * (hardware error, ...) and the driver is unable to restore its state
 * by itself. mac80211 assumes that at this point the driver/hardware
 * is completely uninitialised and stopped, it starts the process by
 * calling the ->start() operation. The driver will need to reset all
 * internal state that it has prior to calling this function.
 *
 * @hw: the hardware to restart
 */
void ieee80211_restart_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4149
/**
4150
 * ieee80211_rx_napi - receive frame from NAPI context
4151
 *
4152 4153 4154 4155 4156 4157 4158 4159 4160 4161 4162 4163 4164 4165 4166
 * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive
 * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a
 * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211
 * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory
 * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack.
 *
 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to
 * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be
 * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
 *
 * This function must be called with BHs disabled.
 *
 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4167
 * @sta: the station the frame was received from, or %NULL
4168 4169
 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
 * @napi: the NAPI context
4170
 */
4171 4172
void ieee80211_rx_napi(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
		       struct sk_buff *skb, struct napi_struct *napi);
4173

4174 4175 4176 4177
/**
 * ieee80211_rx - receive frame
 *
 * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive
Z
Zhu Yi 已提交
4178 4179 4180 4181
 * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a
 * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211
 * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory
 * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack.
4182
 *
4183
 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
K
Kalle Valo 已提交
4184 4185
 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to
 * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be
4186 4187
 * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
4188
 *
K
Kalle Valo 已提交
4189
 * In process context use instead ieee80211_rx_ni().
4190
 *
4191 4192 4193
 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
 */
4194 4195
static inline void ieee80211_rx(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb)
{
4196
	ieee80211_rx_napi(hw, NULL, skb, NULL);
4197
}
4198 4199 4200 4201 4202

/**
 * ieee80211_rx_irqsafe - receive frame
 *
 * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in IRQ context
4203 4204
 * (internally defers to a tasklet.)
 *
K
Kalle Valo 已提交
4205
 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni() may not
4206 4207
 * be mixed for a single hardware.Must not run concurrently with
 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
4208 4209 4210 4211
 *
 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
 */
4212
void ieee80211_rx_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb);
4213

K
Kalle Valo 已提交
4214 4215 4216 4217 4218 4219 4220
/**
 * ieee80211_rx_ni - receive frame (in process context)
 *
 * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in process context
 * (internally disables bottom halves).
 *
 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may
4221 4222
 * not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
K
Kalle Valo 已提交
4223 4224 4225 4226 4227 4228 4229 4230 4231 4232 4233 4234
 *
 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
 */
static inline void ieee80211_rx_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				   struct sk_buff *skb)
{
	local_bh_disable();
	ieee80211_rx(hw, skb);
	local_bh_enable();
}

4235 4236 4237 4238 4239 4240 4241 4242 4243 4244 4245 4246 4247 4248
/**
 * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition - PS transition for connected sta
 *
 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS
 * flag set, use this function to inform mac80211 about a connected station
 * entering/leaving PS mode.
 *
 * This function may not be called in IRQ context or with softirqs enabled.
 *
 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized against
 * each other.
 *
 * @sta: currently connected sta
 * @start: start or stop PS
4249 4250
 *
 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL when the requested PS mode is already set.
4251 4252 4253 4254 4255 4256 4257 4258 4259 4260 4261 4262 4263
 */
int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, bool start);

/**
 * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni - PS transition for connected sta
 *                                  (in process context)
 *
 * Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() but can be called in process context
 * (internally disables bottom halves). Concurrent call restriction still
 * applies.
 *
 * @sta: currently connected sta
 * @start: start or stop PS
4264 4265
 *
 * Return: Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition().
4266 4267 4268 4269 4270 4271 4272 4273 4274 4275 4276 4277 4278
 */
static inline int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
						  bool start)
{
	int ret;

	local_bh_disable();
	ret = ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(sta, start);
	local_bh_enable();

	return ret;
}

4279 4280 4281 4282 4283 4284 4285 4286 4287 4288 4289 4290 4291 4292 4293 4294 4295 4296 4297 4298 4299 4300 4301 4302
/**
 * ieee80211_sta_pspoll - PS-Poll frame received
 * @sta: currently connected station
 *
 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS flag set,
 * use this function to inform mac80211 that a PS-Poll frame from a
 * connected station was received.
 * This must be used in conjunction with ieee80211_sta_ps_transition()
 * and possibly ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger(); calls to all three must
 * be serialized.
 */
void ieee80211_sta_pspoll(struct ieee80211_sta *sta);

/**
 * ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger - (potential) U-APSD trigger frame received
 * @sta: currently connected station
 * @tid: TID of the received (potential) trigger frame
 *
 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS flag set,
 * use this function to inform mac80211 that a (potential) trigger frame
 * from a connected station was received.
 * This must be used in conjunction with ieee80211_sta_ps_transition()
 * and possibly ieee80211_sta_pspoll(); calls to all three must be
 * serialized.
4303 4304 4305 4306
 * %IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS can be passed as the tid if the tid is unknown.
 * In this case, mac80211 will not check that this tid maps to an AC
 * that is trigger enabled and assume that the caller did the proper
 * checks.
4307 4308 4309
 */
void ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);

4310 4311 4312 4313
/*
 * The TX headroom reserved by mac80211 for its own tx_status functions.
 * This is enough for the radiotap header.
 */
4314
#define IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_HEADROOM	ALIGN(14, 4)
4315

4316
/**
4317
 * ieee80211_sta_set_buffered - inform mac80211 about driver-buffered frames
4318
 * @sta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer for the sleeping station
4319 4320
 * @tid: the TID that has buffered frames
 * @buffered: indicates whether or not frames are buffered for this TID
4321 4322
 *
 * If a driver buffers frames for a powersave station instead of passing
4323 4324 4325 4326 4327 4328 4329 4330 4331 4332 4333 4334 4335 4336 4337 4338 4339 4340 4341 4342 4343 4344 4345
 * them back to mac80211 for retransmission, the station may still need
 * to be told that there are buffered frames via the TIM bit.
 *
 * This function informs mac80211 whether or not there are frames that are
 * buffered in the driver for a given TID; mac80211 can then use this data
 * to set the TIM bit (NOTE: This may call back into the driver's set_tim
 * call! Beware of the locking!)
 *
 * If all frames are released to the station (due to PS-poll or uAPSD)
 * then the driver needs to inform mac80211 that there no longer are
 * frames buffered. However, when the station wakes up mac80211 assumes
 * that all buffered frames will be transmitted and clears this data,
 * drivers need to make sure they inform mac80211 about all buffered
 * frames on the sleep transition (sta_notify() with %STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP).
 *
 * Note that technically mac80211 only needs to know this per AC, not per
 * TID, but since driver buffering will inevitably happen per TID (since
 * it is related to aggregation) it is easier to make mac80211 map the
 * TID to the AC as required instead of keeping track in all drivers that
 * use this API.
 */
void ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
				u8 tid, bool buffered);
4346

4347 4348 4349 4350 4351 4352 4353 4354 4355 4356 4357 4358 4359 4360 4361 4362 4363 4364 4365
/**
 * ieee80211_get_tx_rates - get the selected transmit rates for a packet
 *
 * Call this function in a driver with per-packet rate selection support
 * to combine the rate info in the packet tx info with the most recent
 * rate selection table for the station entry.
 *
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 * @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent.
 * @skb: the frame to be transmitted.
 * @dest: buffer for extracted rate/retry information
 * @max_rates: maximum number of rates to fetch
 */
void ieee80211_get_tx_rates(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			    struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
			    struct sk_buff *skb,
			    struct ieee80211_tx_rate *dest,
			    int max_rates);

4366 4367 4368 4369 4370 4371 4372 4373 4374 4375 4376 4377 4378 4379 4380 4381
/**
 * ieee80211_sta_set_expected_throughput - set the expected tpt for a station
 *
 * Call this function to notify mac80211 about a change in expected throughput
 * to a station. A driver for a device that does rate control in firmware can
 * call this function when the expected throughput estimate towards a station
 * changes. The information is used to tune the CoDel AQM applied to traffic
 * going towards that station (which can otherwise be too aggressive and cause
 * slow stations to starve).
 *
 * @pubsta: the station to set throughput for.
 * @thr: the current expected throughput in kbps.
 */
void ieee80211_sta_set_expected_throughput(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
					   u32 thr);

4382 4383 4384 4385 4386 4387 4388
/**
 * ieee80211_tx_status - transmit status callback
 *
 * Call this function for all transmitted frames after they have been
 * transmitted. It is permissible to not call this function for
 * multicast frames but this can affect statistics.
 *
4389 4390
 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls
4391
 * to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni() and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe()
4392 4393
 * may not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
 * ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni().
4394
 *
4395 4396 4397
 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
 */
4398
void ieee80211_tx_status(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4399
			 struct sk_buff *skb);
4400

4401 4402 4403 4404 4405 4406 4407 4408 4409 4410 4411 4412 4413 4414 4415 4416 4417
/**
 * ieee80211_tx_status_ext - extended transmit status callback
 *
 * This function can be used as a replacement for ieee80211_tx_status
 * in drivers that may want to provide extra information that does not
 * fit into &struct ieee80211_tx_info.
 *
 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized
 * against each other. Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni()
 * and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
 *
 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
 * @status: tx status information
 */
void ieee80211_tx_status_ext(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			     struct ieee80211_tx_status *status);

4418 4419 4420 4421 4422 4423 4424 4425 4426 4427 4428 4429 4430 4431 4432 4433
/**
 * ieee80211_tx_status_noskb - transmit status callback without skb
 *
 * This function can be used as a replacement for ieee80211_tx_status
 * in drivers that cannot reliably map tx status information back to
 * specific skbs.
 *
 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized
 * against each other. Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni()
 * and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
 *
 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
 * @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent
 *	(NULL for multicast packets)
 * @info: tx status information
 */
4434 4435 4436 4437 4438 4439 4440 4441 4442 4443 4444
static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_noskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
					     struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
					     struct ieee80211_tx_info *info)
{
	struct ieee80211_tx_status status = {
		.sta = sta,
		.info = info,
	};

	ieee80211_tx_status_ext(hw, &status);
}
4445

4446 4447 4448 4449 4450 4451 4452 4453 4454 4455 4456 4457 4458 4459 4460 4461 4462 4463 4464 4465
/**
 * ieee80211_tx_status_ni - transmit status callback (in process context)
 *
 * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in process context.
 *
 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and
 * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed
 * for a single hardware.
 *
 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
 */
static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
					  struct sk_buff *skb)
{
	local_bh_disable();
	ieee80211_tx_status(hw, skb);
	local_bh_enable();
}

4466
/**
R
Randy Dunlap 已提交
4467
 * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe - IRQ-safe transmit status callback
4468 4469 4470 4471
 *
 * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in IRQ context
 * (internally defers to a tasklet.)
 *
4472 4473
 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and
 * ieee80211_tx_status_ni() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
4474 4475 4476 4477
 *
 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
 */
4478
void ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4479
				 struct sk_buff *skb);
4480

4481 4482 4483 4484 4485 4486 4487 4488 4489 4490 4491
/**
 * ieee80211_report_low_ack - report non-responding station
 *
 * When operating in AP-mode, call this function to report a non-responding
 * connected STA.
 *
 * @sta: the non-responding connected sta
 * @num_packets: number of packets sent to @sta without a response
 */
void ieee80211_report_low_ack(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u32 num_packets);

4492 4493
#define IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM 2

4494 4495 4496 4497
/**
 * struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets - mutable beacon offsets
 * @tim_offset: position of TIM element
 * @tim_length: size of TIM element
4498 4499 4500
 * @csa_counter_offs: array of IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM offsets
 *	to CSA counters.  This array can contain zero values which
 *	should be ignored.
4501 4502 4503 4504
 */
struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets {
	u16 tim_offset;
	u16 tim_length;
4505 4506

	u16 csa_counter_offs[IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM];
4507 4508 4509 4510 4511 4512 4513 4514 4515 4516 4517 4518 4519 4520
};

/**
 * ieee80211_beacon_get_template - beacon template generation function
 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 * @offs: &struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets pointer to struct that will
 *	receive the offsets that may be updated by the driver.
 *
 * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to
 * obtain the beacon template.
 *
 * This function should be used if the beacon frames are generated by the
 * device, and then the driver must use the returned beacon as the template
4521 4522
 * The driver or the device are responsible to update the DTIM and, when
 * applicable, the CSA count.
4523 4524 4525 4526 4527 4528 4529 4530 4531 4532
 *
 * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
 *
 * Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error.
 */
struct sk_buff *
ieee80211_beacon_get_template(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			      struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			      struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets *offs);

4533
/**
4534
 * ieee80211_beacon_get_tim - beacon generation function
4535
 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4536
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4537 4538 4539 4540 4541 4542 4543
 * @tim_offset: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE offset.
 *	Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes).
 * @tim_length: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE length,
 *	(including the ID and length bytes!).
 *	Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes).
 *
 * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to
4544
 * obtain the beacon frame.
4545 4546
 *
 * If the beacon frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
4547
 * hardware/firmware), the driver uses this function to get each beacon
4548 4549
 * frame from mac80211 -- it is responsible for calling this function exactly
 * once before the beacon is needed (e.g. based on hardware interrupt).
4550 4551
 *
 * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
4552 4553
 *
 * Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error.
4554 4555 4556 4557 4558 4559 4560 4561
 */
struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
					 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
					 u16 *tim_offset, u16 *tim_length);

/**
 * ieee80211_beacon_get - beacon generation function
 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4562
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4563 4564
 *
 * See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim().
4565 4566
 *
 * Return: See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim().
4567
 */
4568 4569 4570 4571 4572
static inline struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
						   struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
{
	return ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(hw, vif, NULL, NULL);
}
4573

4574 4575 4576 4577 4578 4579 4580 4581 4582 4583 4584 4585 4586 4587
/**
 * ieee80211_csa_update_counter - request mac80211 to decrement the csa counter
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 *
 * The csa counter should be updated after each beacon transmission.
 * This function is called implicitly when
 * ieee80211_beacon_get/ieee80211_beacon_get_tim are called, however if the
 * beacon frames are generated by the device, the driver should call this
 * function after each beacon transmission to sync mac80211's csa counters.
 *
 * Return: new csa counter value
 */
u8 ieee80211_csa_update_counter(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);

4588 4589 4590 4591 4592 4593 4594 4595 4596 4597 4598 4599 4600
/**
 * ieee80211_csa_set_counter - request mac80211 to set csa counter
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 * @counter: the new value for the counter
 *
 * The csa counter can be changed by the device, this API should be
 * used by the device driver to update csa counter in mac80211.
 *
 * It should never be used together with ieee80211_csa_update_counter(),
 * as it will cause a race condition around the counter value.
 */
void ieee80211_csa_set_counter(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u8 counter);

4601 4602 4603 4604 4605
/**
 * ieee80211_csa_finish - notify mac80211 about channel switch
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 *
 * After a channel switch announcement was scheduled and the counter in this
4606
 * announcement hits 1, this function must be called by the driver to
4607 4608 4609 4610 4611
 * notify mac80211 that the channel can be changed.
 */
void ieee80211_csa_finish(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);

/**
4612
 * ieee80211_csa_is_complete - find out if counters reached 1
4613 4614 4615 4616 4617 4618 4619
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 *
 * This function returns whether the channel switch counters reached zero.
 */
bool ieee80211_csa_is_complete(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);


4620 4621 4622 4623 4624 4625 4626 4627 4628
/**
 * ieee80211_proberesp_get - retrieve a Probe Response template
 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 *
 * Creates a Probe Response template which can, for example, be uploaded to
 * hardware. The destination address should be set by the caller.
 *
 * Can only be called in AP mode.
4629 4630
 *
 * Return: The Probe Response template. %NULL on error.
4631 4632 4633 4634
 */
struct sk_buff *ieee80211_proberesp_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
					struct ieee80211_vif *vif);

4635 4636 4637 4638 4639 4640 4641 4642 4643 4644 4645
/**
 * ieee80211_pspoll_get - retrieve a PS Poll template
 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 *
 * Creates a PS Poll a template which can, for example, uploaded to
 * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct
 * AID, BSSID and MAC address is used.
 *
 * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the
 * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit.
4646 4647
 *
 * Return: The PS Poll template. %NULL on error.
4648 4649 4650 4651 4652 4653 4654 4655
 */
struct sk_buff *ieee80211_pspoll_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				     struct ieee80211_vif *vif);

/**
 * ieee80211_nullfunc_get - retrieve a nullfunc template
 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4656 4657
 * @qos_ok: QoS NDP is acceptable to the caller, this should be set
 *	if at all possible
4658 4659 4660 4661 4662
 *
 * Creates a Nullfunc template which can, for example, uploaded to
 * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct
 * BSSID and address is used.
 *
4663 4664 4665
 * If @qos_ndp is set and the association is to an AP with QoS/WMM, the
 * returned packet will be QoS NDP.
 *
4666 4667
 * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the
 * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit as well as Duration and Sequence Control fields.
4668 4669
 *
 * Return: The nullfunc template. %NULL on error.
4670 4671
 */
struct sk_buff *ieee80211_nullfunc_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4672 4673
				       struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				       bool qos_ok);
4674

4675 4676 4677
/**
 * ieee80211_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template
 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4678
 * @src_addr: source MAC address
4679 4680
 * @ssid: SSID buffer
 * @ssid_len: length of SSID
4681
 * @tailroom: tailroom to reserve at end of SKB for IEs
4682 4683 4684
 *
 * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to
 * hardware.
4685 4686
 *
 * Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error.
4687 4688
 */
struct sk_buff *ieee80211_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4689
				       const u8 *src_addr,
4690
				       const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len,
4691
				       size_t tailroom);
4692

4693 4694 4695
/**
 * ieee80211_rts_get - RTS frame generation function
 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4696
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4697 4698
 * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS.
 * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets).
4699
 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
4700 4701 4702 4703 4704 4705 4706
 * @rts: The buffer where to store the RTS frame.
 *
 * If the RTS frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
 * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive
 * the next RTS frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible
 * for calling this function before and RTS frame is needed.
 */
4707
void ieee80211_rts_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4708
		       const void *frame, size_t frame_len,
4709
		       const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl,
4710 4711 4712 4713 4714
		       struct ieee80211_rts *rts);

/**
 * ieee80211_rts_duration - Get the duration field for an RTS frame
 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4715
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4716
 * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS.
4717
 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
4718 4719 4720 4721
 *
 * If the RTS is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide
 * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive
 * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder.
4722 4723
 *
 * Return: The duration.
4724
 */
4725 4726
__le16 ieee80211_rts_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			      struct ieee80211_vif *vif, size_t frame_len,
4727
			      const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl);
4728 4729 4730 4731

/**
 * ieee80211_ctstoself_get - CTS-to-self frame generation function
 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4732
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4733 4734
 * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self.
 * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets).
4735
 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
4736 4737 4738 4739 4740 4741 4742
 * @cts: The buffer where to store the CTS-to-self frame.
 *
 * If the CTS-to-self frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
 * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive
 * the next CTS-to-self frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible
 * for calling this function before and CTS-to-self frame is needed.
 */
4743 4744
void ieee80211_ctstoself_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			     struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4745
			     const void *frame, size_t frame_len,
4746
			     const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl,
4747 4748 4749 4750 4751
			     struct ieee80211_cts *cts);

/**
 * ieee80211_ctstoself_duration - Get the duration field for a CTS-to-self frame
 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4752
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4753
 * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self.
4754
 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
4755 4756 4757 4758
 *
 * If the CTS-to-self is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide
 * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive
 * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder.
4759 4760
 *
 * Return: The duration.
4761
 */
4762 4763
__le16 ieee80211_ctstoself_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				    struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4764
				    size_t frame_len,
4765
				    const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl);
4766 4767 4768 4769

/**
 * ieee80211_generic_frame_duration - Calculate the duration field for a frame
 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4770
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4771
 * @band: the band to calculate the frame duration on
4772
 * @frame_len: the length of the frame.
4773
 * @rate: the rate at which the frame is going to be transmitted.
4774 4775 4776
 *
 * Calculate the duration field of some generic frame, given its
 * length and transmission rate (in 100kbps).
4777 4778
 *
 * Return: The duration.
4779
 */
4780 4781
__le16 ieee80211_generic_frame_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
					struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4782
					enum nl80211_band band,
4783
					size_t frame_len,
4784
					struct ieee80211_rate *rate);
4785 4786 4787 4788

/**
 * ieee80211_get_buffered_bc - accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames
 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4789
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4790 4791 4792 4793 4794
 *
 * Function for accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames. If
 * hardware/firmware does not implement buffering of broadcast/multicast
 * frames when power saving is used, 802.11 code buffers them in the host
 * memory. The low-level driver uses this function to fetch next buffered
4795 4796 4797 4798
 * frame. In most cases, this is used when generating beacon frame.
 *
 * Return: A pointer to the next buffered skb or NULL if no more buffered
 * frames are available.
4799 4800 4801 4802 4803 4804 4805 4806 4807
 *
 * Note: buffered frames are returned only after DTIM beacon frame was
 * generated with ieee80211_beacon_get() and the low-level driver must thus
 * call ieee80211_beacon_get() first. ieee80211_get_buffered_bc() returns
 * NULL if the previous generated beacon was not DTIM, so the low-level driver
 * does not need to check for DTIM beacons separately and should be able to
 * use common code for all beacons.
 */
struct sk_buff *
4808
ieee80211_get_buffered_bc(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4809

4810 4811 4812 4813 4814 4815 4816 4817 4818 4819 4820 4821
/**
 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv - get a TKIP phase 1 key for IV32
 *
 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32.
 *
 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
 * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for
 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
 */
void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
			       u32 iv32, u16 *p1k);

4822
/**
4823 4824 4825 4826 4827 4828 4829 4830 4831 4832
 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key
 *
 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the IV32 taken
 * from the given packet.
 *
 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
 * @skb: the packet to take the IV32 value from that will be encrypted
 *	with this P1K
 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
 */
4833 4834 4835 4836 4837 4838 4839 4840 4841
static inline void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
					  struct sk_buff *skb, u16 *p1k)
{
	struct ieee80211_hdr *hdr = (struct ieee80211_hdr *)skb->data;
	const u8 *data = (u8 *)hdr + ieee80211_hdrlen(hdr->frame_control);
	u32 iv32 = get_unaligned_le32(&data[4]);

	ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(keyconf, iv32, p1k);
}
4842

4843 4844 4845 4846 4847 4848 4849 4850 4851 4852 4853 4854 4855 4856
/**
 * ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key for RX
 *
 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32
 * and transmitter address.
 *
 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
 * @ta: TA that will be used with the key
 * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for
 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
 */
void ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
			       const u8 *ta, u32 iv32, u16 *p1k);

4857 4858
/**
 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k - get a TKIP phase 2 key
4859
 *
4860 4861
 * This function computes the TKIP RC4 key for the IV values
 * in the packet.
4862 4863
 *
 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4864 4865 4866
 * @skb: the packet to take the IV32/IV16 values from that will be
 *	encrypted with this key
 * @p2k: a buffer to which the key will be written, 16 bytes
4867
 */
4868 4869
void ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
			    struct sk_buff *skb, u8 *p2k);
4870

4871 4872 4873 4874 4875 4876 4877 4878 4879 4880 4881 4882 4883 4884 4885
/**
 * ieee80211_tkip_add_iv - write TKIP IV and Ext. IV to pos
 *
 * @pos: start of crypto header
 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
 * @pn: PN to add
 *
 * Returns: pointer to the octet following IVs (i.e. beginning of
 * the packet payload)
 *
 * This function writes the tkip IV value to pos (which should
 * point to the crypto header)
 */
u8 *ieee80211_tkip_add_iv(u8 *pos, struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, u64 pn);

4886 4887 4888 4889
/**
 * ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq - get key RX sequence counter
 *
 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4890
 * @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP/GCMP only);
4891 4892 4893 4894 4895 4896 4897 4898 4899 4900 4901 4902 4903 4904
 *	the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For
 *	CMAC, only TID 0 is valid.
 * @seq: buffer to receive the sequence data
 *
 * This function allows a driver to retrieve the current RX IV/PNs
 * for the given key. It must not be called if IV checking is done
 * by the device and not by mac80211.
 *
 * Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing
 * can be done concurrently.
 */
void ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
			      int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);

4905 4906 4907 4908
/**
 * ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq - set key RX sequence counter
 *
 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4909
 * @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP/GCMP only);
4910 4911 4912 4913 4914 4915 4916 4917 4918 4919 4920 4921 4922 4923 4924 4925 4926 4927 4928 4929 4930 4931 4932 4933 4934 4935 4936 4937 4938 4939 4940 4941 4942 4943 4944 4945 4946 4947 4948 4949 4950 4951 4952 4953 4954 4955 4956 4957 4958 4959 4960 4961 4962 4963 4964 4965 4966 4967 4968 4969 4970
 *	the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For
 *	CMAC, only TID 0 is valid.
 * @seq: new sequence data
 *
 * This function allows a driver to set the current RX IV/PNs for the
 * given key. This is useful when resuming from WoWLAN sleep and GTK
 * rekey may have been done while suspended. It should not be called
 * if IV checking is done by the device and not by mac80211.
 *
 * Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing
 * can be done concurrently.
 */
void ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
			      int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);

/**
 * ieee80211_remove_key - remove the given key
 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
 *
 * Remove the given key. If the key was uploaded to the hardware at the
 * time this function is called, it is not deleted in the hardware but
 * instead assumed to have been removed already.
 *
 * Note that due to locking considerations this function can (currently)
 * only be called during key iteration (ieee80211_iter_keys().)
 */
void ieee80211_remove_key(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);

/**
 * ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add - add a GTK key from rekeying during WoWLAN
 * @vif: the virtual interface to add the key on
 * @keyconf: new key data
 *
 * When GTK rekeying was done while the system was suspended, (a) new
 * key(s) will be available. These will be needed by mac80211 for proper
 * RX processing, so this function allows setting them.
 *
 * The function returns the newly allocated key structure, which will
 * have similar contents to the passed key configuration but point to
 * mac80211-owned memory. In case of errors, the function returns an
 * ERR_PTR(), use IS_ERR() etc.
 *
 * Note that this function assumes the key isn't added to hardware
 * acceleration, so no TX will be done with the key. Since it's a GTK
 * on managed (station) networks, this is true anyway. If the driver
 * calls this function from the resume callback and subsequently uses
 * the return code 1 to reconfigure the device, this key will be part
 * of the reconfiguration.
 *
 * Note that the driver should also call ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq()
 * for the new key for each TID to set up sequence counters properly.
 *
 * IMPORTANT: If this replaces a key that is present in the hardware,
 * then it will attempt to remove it during this call. In many cases
 * this isn't what you want, so call ieee80211_remove_key() first for
 * the key that's being replaced.
 */
struct ieee80211_key_conf *
ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);

4971 4972 4973 4974 4975 4976 4977 4978 4979 4980
/**
 * ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace supplicant of rekeying
 * @vif: virtual interface the rekeying was done on
 * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP, for checking association
 * @replay_ctr: the new replay counter after GTK rekeying
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 */
void ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *bssid,
				const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp);

4981 4982 4983 4984 4985 4986 4987 4988 4989 4990 4991 4992 4993 4994 4995 4996 4997 4998
/**
 * ieee80211_wake_queue - wake specific queue
 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
 *
 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_wake_queue.
 */
void ieee80211_wake_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);

/**
 * ieee80211_stop_queue - stop specific queue
 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
 *
 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
 */
void ieee80211_stop_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);

4999 5000 5001 5002 5003 5004
/**
 * ieee80211_queue_stopped - test status of the queue
 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
 *
 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
5005 5006
 *
 * Return: %true if the queue is stopped. %false otherwise.
5007 5008 5009 5010
 */

int ieee80211_queue_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);

5011 5012 5013 5014 5015 5016 5017 5018 5019 5020 5021 5022 5023 5024 5025 5026
/**
 * ieee80211_stop_queues - stop all queues
 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
 *
 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
 */
void ieee80211_stop_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);

/**
 * ieee80211_wake_queues - wake all queues
 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
 *
 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_wake_queue.
 */
void ieee80211_wake_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);

5027 5028 5029 5030 5031
/**
 * ieee80211_scan_completed - completed hardware scan
 *
 * When hardware scan offload is used (i.e. the hw_scan() callback is
 * assigned) this function needs to be called by the driver to notify
5032 5033
 * mac80211 that the scan finished. This function can be called from
 * any context, including hardirq context.
5034 5035
 *
 * @hw: the hardware that finished the scan
5036
 * @info: information about the completed scan
5037
 */
5038 5039
void ieee80211_scan_completed(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			      struct cfg80211_scan_info *info);
5040

5041 5042 5043 5044 5045 5046 5047 5048 5049 5050 5051 5052 5053 5054 5055 5056 5057 5058 5059 5060 5061 5062
/**
 * ieee80211_sched_scan_results - got results from scheduled scan
 *
 * When a scheduled scan is running, this function needs to be called by the
 * driver whenever there are new scan results available.
 *
 * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans
 */
void ieee80211_sched_scan_results(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);

/**
 * ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped - inform that the scheduled scan has stopped
 *
 * When a scheduled scan is running, this function can be called by
 * the driver if it needs to stop the scan to perform another task.
 * Usual scenarios are drivers that cannot continue the scheduled scan
 * while associating, for instance.
 *
 * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans
 */
void ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);

5063 5064 5065 5066 5067 5068 5069 5070 5071
/**
 * enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags - interface iteration flags
 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL: Iterate over all interfaces that have
 *	been added to the driver; However, note that during hardware
 *	reconfiguration (after restart_hw) it will iterate over a new
 *	interface and over all the existing interfaces even if they
 *	haven't been re-added to the driver yet.
 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL: During resume, iterate over all
 *	interfaces, even if they haven't been re-added to the driver yet.
5072
 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE: Iterate only active interfaces (netdev is up).
5073 5074 5075 5076
 */
enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags {
	IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL	= 0,
	IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL	= BIT(0),
5077
	IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE	= BIT(1),
5078 5079
};

5080 5081 5082 5083 5084 5085 5086 5087 5088 5089 5090 5091 5092 5093 5094 5095 5096 5097
/**
 * ieee80211_iterate_interfaces - iterate interfaces
 *
 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
 * hardware and calls the callback for them. This includes active as well as
 * inactive interfaces. This function allows the iterator function to sleep.
 * Will iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
 *
 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
 * @iterator: the iterator function to call
 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
 */
void ieee80211_iterate_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 iter_flags,
				  void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac,
						   struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
				  void *data);

5098
/**
R
Randy Dunlap 已提交
5099
 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces - iterate active interfaces
5100 5101 5102
 *
 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
5103 5104 5105
 * This function allows the iterator function to sleep, when the iterator
 * function is atomic @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic can
 * be used.
5106
 * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
5107 5108
 *
 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
5109
 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
5110
 * @iterator: the iterator function to call
5111 5112
 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
 */
5113 5114 5115 5116 5117 5118 5119 5120 5121 5122
static inline void
ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 iter_flags,
				    void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac,
						     struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
				    void *data)
{
	ieee80211_iterate_interfaces(hw,
				     iter_flags | IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE,
				     iterator, data);
}
5123

5124 5125 5126 5127 5128 5129 5130
/**
 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic - iterate active interfaces
 *
 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
 * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic,
 * if that is not desired, use @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces instead.
5131
 * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
5132 5133
 *
 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
5134
 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
5135 5136 5137 5138
 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
 */
void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5139
						u32 iter_flags,
5140 5141 5142 5143 5144
						void (*iterator)(void *data,
						    u8 *mac,
						    struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
						void *data);

5145 5146 5147 5148 5149 5150 5151 5152 5153 5154 5155 5156 5157 5158 5159 5160 5161 5162 5163
/**
 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl - iterate active interfaces
 *
 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
 * This version can only be used while holding the RTNL.
 *
 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
 */
void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
					      u32 iter_flags,
					      void (*iterator)(void *data,
						u8 *mac,
						struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
					      void *data);

5164 5165 5166 5167 5168 5169 5170 5171 5172 5173 5174 5175 5176 5177 5178 5179
/**
 * ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic - iterate stations
 *
 * This function iterates over all stations associated with a given
 * hardware that are currently uploaded to the driver and calls the callback
 * function for them.
 * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic,
 *
 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
 */
void ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				       void (*iterator)(void *data,
						struct ieee80211_sta *sta),
				       void *data);
5180 5181 5182 5183 5184 5185 5186 5187 5188 5189 5190 5191 5192 5193 5194 5195 5196 5197 5198 5199 5200 5201 5202 5203 5204
/**
 * ieee80211_queue_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue
 *
 * Drivers and mac80211 use this to add work onto the mac80211 workqueue.
 * This helper ensures drivers are not queueing work when they should not be.
 *
 * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for
 * @work: the work we want to add onto the mac80211 workqueue
 */
void ieee80211_queue_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct work_struct *work);

/**
 * ieee80211_queue_delayed_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue
 *
 * Drivers and mac80211 use this to queue delayed work onto the mac80211
 * workqueue.
 *
 * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for
 * @dwork: delayable work to queue onto the mac80211 workqueue
 * @delay: number of jiffies to wait before queueing
 */
void ieee80211_queue_delayed_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				  struct delayed_work *dwork,
				  unsigned long delay);

5205 5206
/**
 * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session - Start a tx Block Ack session.
5207
 * @sta: the station for which to start a BA session
5208
 * @tid: the TID to BA on.
5209
 * @timeout: session timeout value (in TUs)
R
Randy Dunlap 已提交
5210 5211
 *
 * Return: success if addBA request was sent, failure otherwise
5212 5213 5214 5215 5216
 *
 * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate
 * the need to start aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level
 * will be managed by the mac80211.
 */
5217 5218
int ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid,
				  u16 timeout);
5219 5220 5221

/**
 * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to aggregate.
5222
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5223 5224 5225 5226
 * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient.
 * @tid: the TID to BA on.
 *
 * This function must be called by low level driver once it has
5227 5228
 * finished with preparations for the BA session. It can be called
 * from any context.
5229
 */
5230
void ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra,
5231 5232 5233 5234
				      u16 tid);

/**
 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session - Stop a Block Ack session.
5235
 * @sta: the station whose BA session to stop
5236
 * @tid: the TID to stop BA.
R
Randy Dunlap 已提交
5237
 *
5238
 * Return: negative error if the TID is invalid, or no aggregation active
5239 5240 5241 5242 5243
 *
 * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate
 * the need to stop aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level
 * will be managed by the mac80211.
 */
5244
int ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid);
5245 5246 5247

/**
 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to stop aggregate.
5248
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5249 5250 5251 5252
 * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient.
 * @tid: the desired TID to BA on.
 *
 * This function must be called by low level driver once it has
5253 5254
 * finished with preparations for the BA session tear down. It
 * can be called from any context.
5255
 */
5256
void ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra,
5257 5258
				     u16 tid);

5259 5260 5261
/**
 * ieee80211_find_sta - find a station
 *
5262
 * @vif: virtual interface to look for station on
5263 5264
 * @addr: station's address
 *
5265 5266 5267
 * Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise.
 *
 * Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the
5268 5269
 * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well.
 */
5270
struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5271 5272
					 const u8 *addr);

5273
/**
5274
 * ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr - find a station on hardware
5275 5276
 *
 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5277 5278
 * @addr: remote station's address
 * @localaddr: local address (vif->sdata->vif.addr). Use NULL for 'any'.
5279
 *
5280 5281 5282
 * Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise.
 *
 * Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the
5283 5284
 * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well.
 *
5285 5286 5287 5288 5289 5290 5291
 * NOTE: You may pass NULL for localaddr, but then you will just get
 *      the first STA that matches the remote address 'addr'.
 *      We can have multiple STA associated with multiple
 *      logical stations (e.g. consider a station connecting to another
 *      BSSID on the same AP hardware without disconnecting first).
 *      In this case, the result of this method with localaddr NULL
 *      is not reliable.
5292
 *
5293
 * DO NOT USE THIS FUNCTION with localaddr NULL if at all possible.
5294
 */
5295 5296 5297
struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
					       const u8 *addr,
					       const u8 *localaddr);
5298

5299 5300 5301 5302 5303 5304 5305 5306 5307 5308 5309 5310 5311 5312 5313 5314 5315 5316 5317 5318 5319 5320 5321 5322 5323 5324 5325 5326 5327 5328 5329 5330
/**
 * ieee80211_sta_block_awake - block station from waking up
 * @hw: the hardware
 * @pubsta: the station
 * @block: whether to block or unblock
 *
 * Some devices require that all frames that are on the queues
 * for a specific station that went to sleep are flushed before
 * a poll response or frames after the station woke up can be
 * delivered to that it. Note that such frames must be rejected
 * by the driver as filtered, with the appropriate status flag.
 *
 * This function allows implementing this mode in a race-free
 * manner.
 *
 * To do this, a driver must keep track of the number of frames
 * still enqueued for a specific station. If this number is not
 * zero when the station goes to sleep, the driver must call
 * this function to force mac80211 to consider the station to
 * be asleep regardless of the station's actual state. Once the
 * number of outstanding frames reaches zero, the driver must
 * call this function again to unblock the station. That will
 * cause mac80211 to be able to send ps-poll responses, and if
 * the station queried in the meantime then frames will also
 * be sent out as a result of this. Additionally, the driver
 * will be notified that the station woke up some time after
 * it is unblocked, regardless of whether the station actually
 * woke up while blocked or not.
 */
void ieee80211_sta_block_awake(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			       struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, bool block);

5331 5332 5333 5334 5335 5336 5337 5338 5339
/**
 * ieee80211_sta_eosp - notify mac80211 about end of SP
 * @pubsta: the station
 *
 * When a device transmits frames in a way that it can't tell
 * mac80211 in the TX status about the EOSP, it must clear the
 * %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP bit and call this function instead.
 * This applies for PS-Poll as well as uAPSD.
 *
5340 5341 5342 5343 5344 5345 5346 5347 5348
 * Note that just like with _tx_status() and _rx() drivers must
 * not mix calls to irqsafe/non-irqsafe versions, this function
 * must not be mixed with those either. Use the all irqsafe, or
 * all non-irqsafe, don't mix!
 *
 * NB: the _irqsafe version of this function doesn't exist, no
 *     driver needs it right now. Don't call this function if
 *     you'd need the _irqsafe version, look at the git history
 *     and restore the _irqsafe version!
5349
 */
5350
void ieee80211_sta_eosp(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta);
5351

5352 5353 5354 5355 5356 5357 5358 5359 5360 5361 5362 5363 5364 5365 5366 5367 5368 5369 5370 5371 5372 5373
/**
 * ieee80211_send_eosp_nullfunc - ask mac80211 to send NDP with EOSP
 * @pubsta: the station
 * @tid: the tid of the NDP
 *
 * Sometimes the device understands that it needs to close
 * the Service Period unexpectedly. This can happen when
 * sending frames that are filling holes in the BA window.
 * In this case, the device can ask mac80211 to send a
 * Nullfunc frame with EOSP set. When that happens, the
 * driver must have called ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() to
 * let mac80211 know that there are no buffered frames any
 * more, otherwise mac80211 will get the more_data bit wrong.
 * The low level driver must have made sure that the frame
 * will be sent despite the station being in power-save.
 * Mac80211 won't call allow_buffered_frames().
 * Note that calling this function, doesn't exempt the driver
 * from closing the EOSP properly, it will still have to call
 * ieee80211_sta_eosp when the NDP is sent.
 */
void ieee80211_send_eosp_nullfunc(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, int tid);

5374 5375 5376 5377 5378 5379 5380 5381 5382 5383 5384 5385 5386
/**
 * ieee80211_iter_keys - iterate keys programmed into the device
 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
 * @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all
 * @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key
 * @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function
 *
 * This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to
 * mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into
 * the device. This is intended for use in WoWLAN if the device
 * needs reprogramming of the keys during suspend. Note that due
 * to locking reasons, it is also only safe to call this at few
 * spots since it must hold the RTNL and be able to sleep.
5387 5388 5389 5390
 *
 * The order in which the keys are iterated matches the order
 * in which they were originally installed and handed to the
 * set_key callback.
5391 5392 5393 5394 5395 5396 5397 5398 5399 5400
 */
void ieee80211_iter_keys(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				      struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				      struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
				      struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
				      void *data),
			 void *iter_data);

5401 5402 5403 5404 5405 5406 5407 5408 5409 5410 5411 5412 5413 5414 5415 5416 5417 5418 5419 5420 5421 5422 5423 5424
/**
 * ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu - iterate keys programmed into the device
 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
 * @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all
 * @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key
 * @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function
 *
 * This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to
 * mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into
 * the device. Note that due to locking reasons, keys of station
 * in removal process will be skipped.
 *
 * This function requires being called in an RCU critical section,
 * and thus iter must be atomic.
 */
void ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			     struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			     void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
					  struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
					  struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
					  struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
					  void *data),
			     void *iter_data);

5425 5426 5427 5428 5429 5430 5431 5432 5433 5434 5435 5436 5437
/**
 * ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic - iterate channel contexts
 * @hw: pointre obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
 * @iter: iterator function
 * @iter_data: data passed to iterator function
 *
 * Iterate all active channel contexts. This function is atomic and
 * doesn't acquire any locks internally that might be held in other
 * places while calling into the driver.
 *
 * The iterator will not find a context that's being added (during
 * the driver callback to add it) but will find it while it's being
 * removed.
5438 5439 5440 5441 5442
 *
 * Note that during hardware restart, all contexts that existed
 * before the restart are considered already present so will be
 * found while iterating, whether they've been re-added already
 * or not.
5443 5444 5445 5446 5447 5448 5449 5450
 */
void ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic(
	struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
	void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
		     struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *chanctx_conf,
		     void *data),
	void *iter_data);

5451 5452 5453 5454 5455 5456 5457 5458 5459 5460
/**
 * ieee80211_ap_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template
 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 *
 * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to
 * hardware. The template is filled with bssid, ssid and supported rate
 * information. This function must only be called from within the
 * .bss_info_changed callback function and only in managed mode. The function
 * is only useful when the interface is associated, otherwise it will return
5461 5462 5463
 * %NULL.
 *
 * Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error.
5464 5465 5466 5467
 */
struct sk_buff *ieee80211_ap_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
					  struct ieee80211_vif *vif);

5468 5469 5470
/**
 * ieee80211_beacon_loss - inform hardware does not receive beacons
 *
5471
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5472
 *
5473
 * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER and
5474
 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set, the driver needs to inform whenever the
5475 5476 5477
 * hardware is not receiving beacons with this function.
 */
void ieee80211_beacon_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5478

5479 5480 5481 5482 5483
/**
 * ieee80211_connection_loss - inform hardware has lost connection to the AP
 *
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 *
5484
 * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER, and
5485 5486
 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS and %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR are set, the driver
 * needs to inform if the connection to the AP has been lost.
5487 5488
 * The function may also be called if the connection needs to be terminated
 * for some other reason, even if %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR isn't set.
5489 5490 5491 5492 5493 5494
 *
 * This function will cause immediate change to disassociated state,
 * without connection recovery attempts.
 */
void ieee80211_connection_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);

5495 5496 5497 5498 5499 5500 5501 5502 5503 5504 5505 5506 5507 5508 5509 5510 5511 5512 5513 5514 5515 5516
/**
 * ieee80211_resume_disconnect - disconnect from AP after resume
 *
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 *
 * Instructs mac80211 to disconnect from the AP after resume.
 * Drivers can use this after WoWLAN if they know that the
 * connection cannot be kept up, for example because keys were
 * used while the device was asleep but the replay counters or
 * similar cannot be retrieved from the device during resume.
 *
 * Note that due to implementation issues, if the driver uses
 * the reconfiguration functionality during resume the interface
 * will still be added as associated first during resume and then
 * disconnect normally later.
 *
 * This function can only be called from the resume callback and
 * the driver must not be holding any of its own locks while it
 * calls this function, or at least not any locks it needs in the
 * key configuration paths (if it supports HW crypto).
 */
void ieee80211_resume_disconnect(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5517

5518 5519 5520 5521 5522 5523
/**
 * ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify - inform a configured connection quality monitoring
 *	rssi threshold triggered
 *
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 * @rssi_event: the RSSI trigger event type
5524
 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available
5525 5526
 * @gfp: context flags
 *
5527
 * When the %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI is set, and a connection quality
5528 5529 5530 5531 5532
 * monitoring is configured with an rssi threshold, the driver will inform
 * whenever the rssi level reaches the threshold.
 */
void ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			       enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event,
5533
			       s32 rssi_level,
5534 5535
			       gfp_t gfp);

5536 5537 5538 5539 5540 5541 5542 5543
/**
 * ieee80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - inform CQM of beacon loss
 *
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 * @gfp: context flags
 */
void ieee80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, gfp_t gfp);

5544 5545 5546 5547 5548 5549 5550
/**
 * ieee80211_radar_detected - inform that a radar was detected
 *
 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
 */
void ieee80211_radar_detected(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);

5551 5552 5553 5554 5555 5556 5557 5558 5559 5560
/**
 * ieee80211_chswitch_done - Complete channel switch process
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 * @success: make the channel switch successful or not
 *
 * Complete the channel switch post-process: set the new operational channel
 * and wake up the suspended queues.
 */
void ieee80211_chswitch_done(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, bool success);

5561 5562 5563
/**
 * ieee80211_request_smps - request SM PS transition
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
5564
 * @smps_mode: new SM PS mode
5565 5566 5567 5568 5569 5570 5571 5572
 *
 * This allows the driver to request an SM PS transition in managed
 * mode. This is useful when the driver has more information than
 * the stack about possible interference, for example by bluetooth.
 */
void ieee80211_request_smps(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			    enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode);

5573 5574 5575 5576 5577 5578 5579 5580 5581 5582 5583 5584
/**
 * ieee80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain-on-channel start
 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
 */
void ieee80211_ready_on_channel(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);

/**
 * ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired
 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
 */
void ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);

5585 5586 5587 5588 5589 5590 5591 5592 5593 5594 5595 5596 5597 5598 5599 5600 5601
/**
 * ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session - callback to stop existing BA sessions
 *
 * in order not to harm the system performance and user experience, the device
 * may request not to allow any rx ba session and tear down existing rx ba
 * sessions based on system constraints such as periodic BT activity that needs
 * to limit wlan activity (eg.sco or a2dp)."
 * in such cases, the intention is to limit the duration of the rx ppdu and
 * therefore prevent the peer device to use a-mpdu aggregation.
 *
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 * @ba_rx_bitmap: Bit map of open rx ba per tid
 * @addr: & to bssid mac address
 */
void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 ba_rx_bitmap,
				  const u8 *addr);

5602 5603 5604 5605 5606 5607 5608 5609 5610 5611 5612 5613 5614 5615 5616 5617 5618 5619
/**
 * ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames - move RX BA window and mark filtered
 * @pubsta: station struct
 * @tid: the session's TID
 * @ssn: starting sequence number of the bitmap, all frames before this are
 *	assumed to be out of the window after the call
 * @filtered: bitmap of filtered frames, BIT(0) is the @ssn entry etc.
 * @received_mpdus: number of received mpdus in firmware
 *
 * This function moves the BA window and releases all frames before @ssn, and
 * marks frames marked in the bitmap as having been filtered. Afterwards, it
 * checks if any frames in the window starting from @ssn can now be released
 * (in case they were only waiting for frames that were filtered.)
 */
void ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, u8 tid,
					  u16 ssn, u64 filtered,
					  u16 received_mpdus);

5620 5621 5622 5623 5624 5625 5626 5627 5628 5629 5630 5631 5632
/**
 * ieee80211_send_bar - send a BlockAckReq frame
 *
 * can be used to flush pending frames from the peer's aggregation reorder
 * buffer.
 *
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 * @ra: the peer's destination address
 * @tid: the TID of the aggregation session
 * @ssn: the new starting sequence number for the receiver
 */
void ieee80211_send_bar(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u8 *ra, u16 tid, u16 ssn);

5633 5634 5635 5636 5637 5638
/**
 * ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl - helper to queue an RX BA work
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
 * @addr: station mac address
 * @tid: the rx tid
 */
5639
void ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *addr,
5640
				 unsigned int tid);
5641

5642 5643 5644 5645 5646 5647 5648 5649 5650 5651 5652 5653 5654 5655
/**
 * ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session_offl - start a Rx BA session
 *
 * Some device drivers may offload part of the Rx aggregation flow including
 * AddBa/DelBa negotiation but may otherwise be incapable of full Rx
 * reordering.
 *
 * Create structures responsible for reordering so device drivers may call here
 * when they complete AddBa negotiation.
 *
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
 * @addr: station mac address
 * @tid: the rx tid
 */
5656 5657 5658 5659 5660 5661 5662
static inline void ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
						      const u8 *addr, u16 tid)
{
	if (WARN_ON(tid >= IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS))
		return;
	ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(vif, addr, tid);
}
5663 5664 5665 5666 5667 5668 5669 5670 5671 5672 5673 5674 5675 5676 5677

/**
 * ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session_offl - stop a Rx BA session
 *
 * Some device drivers may offload part of the Rx aggregation flow including
 * AddBa/DelBa negotiation but may otherwise be incapable of full Rx
 * reordering.
 *
 * Destroy structures responsible for reordering so device drivers may call here
 * when they complete DelBa negotiation.
 *
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
 * @addr: station mac address
 * @tid: the rx tid
 */
5678 5679 5680 5681 5682 5683 5684
static inline void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
						     const u8 *addr, u16 tid)
{
	if (WARN_ON(tid >= IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS))
		return;
	ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(vif, addr, tid + IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS);
}
5685

5686 5687 5688 5689 5690 5691 5692 5693 5694 5695 5696 5697 5698 5699 5700
/**
 * ieee80211_rx_ba_timer_expired - stop a Rx BA session due to timeout
 *
 * Some device drivers do not offload AddBa/DelBa negotiation, but handle rx
 * buffer reording internally, and therefore also handle the session timer.
 *
 * Trigger the timeout flow, which sends a DelBa.
 *
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
 * @addr: station mac address
 * @tid: the rx tid
 */
void ieee80211_rx_ba_timer_expired(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				   const u8 *addr, unsigned int tid);

5701
/* Rate control API */
5702

5703
/**
5704 5705 5706 5707 5708
 * struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control - rate control information for/from RC algo
 *
 * @hw: The hardware the algorithm is invoked for.
 * @sband: The band this frame is being transmitted on.
 * @bss_conf: the current BSS configuration
5709 5710
 * @skb: the skb that will be transmitted, the control information in it needs
 *	to be filled in
5711 5712 5713 5714 5715 5716 5717
 * @reported_rate: The rate control algorithm can fill this in to indicate
 *	which rate should be reported to userspace as the current rate and
 *	used for rate calculations in the mesh network.
 * @rts: whether RTS will be used for this frame because it is longer than the
 *	RTS threshold
 * @short_preamble: whether mac80211 will request short-preamble transmission
 *	if the selected rate supports it
5718
 * @rate_idx_mask: user-requested (legacy) rate mask
5719
 * @rate_idx_mcs_mask: user-requested MCS rate mask (NULL if not in use)
5720
 * @bss: whether this frame is sent out in AP or IBSS mode
5721 5722 5723 5724 5725 5726 5727 5728
 */
struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control {
	struct ieee80211_hw *hw;
	struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband;
	struct ieee80211_bss_conf *bss_conf;
	struct sk_buff *skb;
	struct ieee80211_tx_rate reported_rate;
	bool rts, short_preamble;
5729
	u32 rate_idx_mask;
5730
	u8 *rate_idx_mcs_mask;
5731
	bool bss;
5732 5733
};

5734 5735 5736 5737 5738 5739 5740 5741 5742 5743 5744 5745 5746 5747
/**
 * enum rate_control_capabilities - rate control capabilities
 */
enum rate_control_capabilities {
	/**
	 * @RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW:
	 * Support for extended NSS BW support (dot11VHTExtendedNSSCapable)
	 * Note that this is only looked at if the minimum number of chains
	 * that the AP uses is < the number of TX chains the hardware has,
	 * otherwise the NSS difference doesn't bother us.
	 */
	RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW = BIT(0),
};

5748
struct rate_control_ops {
5749
	unsigned long capa;
5750 5751 5752 5753 5754 5755
	const char *name;
	void *(*alloc)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct dentry *debugfsdir);
	void (*free)(void *priv);

	void *(*alloc_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, gfp_t gfp);
	void (*rate_init)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5756
			  struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
5757
			  struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta);
5758
	void (*rate_update)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5759
			    struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
5760 5761
			    struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
			    u32 changed);
5762 5763 5764
	void (*free_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
			 void *priv_sta);

5765 5766 5767
	void (*tx_status_ext)(void *priv,
			      struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
			      void *priv_sta, struct ieee80211_tx_status *st);
5768 5769 5770
	void (*tx_status)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
			  struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
			  struct sk_buff *skb);
5771 5772
	void (*get_rate)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
			 struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control *txrc);
5773 5774 5775 5776

	void (*add_sta_debugfs)(void *priv, void *priv_sta,
				struct dentry *dir);
	void (*remove_sta_debugfs)(void *priv, void *priv_sta);
5777 5778

	u32 (*get_expected_throughput)(void *priv_sta);
5779 5780 5781
};

static inline int rate_supported(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5782
				 enum nl80211_band band,
5783 5784 5785 5786 5787
				 int index)
{
	return (sta == NULL || sta->supp_rates[band] & BIT(index));
}

5788 5789 5790 5791 5792 5793 5794 5795 5796 5797 5798 5799 5800 5801 5802 5803 5804 5805 5806 5807 5808 5809 5810
/**
 * rate_control_send_low - helper for drivers for management/no-ack frames
 *
 * Rate control algorithms that agree to use the lowest rate to
 * send management frames and NO_ACK data with the respective hw
 * retries should use this in the beginning of their mac80211 get_rate
 * callback. If true is returned the rate control can simply return.
 * If false is returned we guarantee that sta and sta and priv_sta is
 * not null.
 *
 * Rate control algorithms wishing to do more intelligent selection of
 * rate for multicast/broadcast frames may choose to not use this.
 *
 * @sta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer to the target destination. Note
 * 	that this may be null.
 * @priv_sta: private rate control structure. This may be null.
 * @txrc: rate control information we sholud populate for mac80211.
 */
bool rate_control_send_low(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
			   void *priv_sta,
			   struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control *txrc);


5811 5812 5813 5814 5815 5816 5817 5818 5819 5820 5821
static inline s8
rate_lowest_index(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
		  struct ieee80211_sta *sta)
{
	int i;

	for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++)
		if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i))
			return i;

	/* warn when we cannot find a rate. */
5822
	WARN_ON_ONCE(1);
5823

5824
	/* and return 0 (the lowest index) */
5825 5826 5827
	return 0;
}

5828 5829 5830 5831 5832 5833 5834 5835 5836 5837 5838
static inline
bool rate_usable_index_exists(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
			      struct ieee80211_sta *sta)
{
	unsigned int i;

	for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++)
		if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i))
			return true;
	return false;
}
5839

5840 5841 5842 5843 5844 5845 5846 5847 5848 5849 5850 5851 5852 5853 5854 5855
/**
 * rate_control_set_rates - pass the sta rate selection to mac80211/driver
 *
 * When not doing a rate control probe to test rates, rate control should pass
 * its rate selection to mac80211. If the driver supports receiving a station
 * rate table, it will use it to ensure that frames are always sent based on
 * the most recent rate control module decision.
 *
 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
 * @pubsta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer to the target destination.
 * @rates: new tx rate set to be used for this station.
 */
int rate_control_set_rates(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			   struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
			   struct ieee80211_sta_rates *rates);

5856 5857
int ieee80211_rate_control_register(const struct rate_control_ops *ops);
void ieee80211_rate_control_unregister(const struct rate_control_ops *ops);
5858

5859 5860 5861
static inline bool
conf_is_ht20(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
{
5862
	return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20;
5863 5864 5865 5866 5867
}

static inline bool
conf_is_ht40_minus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
{
5868 5869
	return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 &&
	       conf->chandef.center_freq1 < conf->chandef.chan->center_freq;
5870 5871 5872 5873 5874
}

static inline bool
conf_is_ht40_plus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
{
5875 5876
	return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 &&
	       conf->chandef.center_freq1 > conf->chandef.chan->center_freq;
5877 5878 5879 5880 5881
}

static inline bool
conf_is_ht40(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
{
5882
	return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40;
5883 5884 5885 5886 5887
}

static inline bool
conf_is_ht(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
{
5888 5889 5890
	return (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5) &&
		(conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10) &&
		(conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT);
5891 5892
}

5893 5894 5895 5896 5897 5898 5899 5900 5901 5902 5903 5904 5905 5906 5907 5908 5909 5910 5911 5912 5913 5914
static inline enum nl80211_iftype
ieee80211_iftype_p2p(enum nl80211_iftype type, bool p2p)
{
	if (p2p) {
		switch (type) {
		case NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION:
			return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT;
		case NL80211_IFTYPE_AP:
			return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO;
		default:
			break;
		}
	}
	return type;
}

static inline enum nl80211_iftype
ieee80211_vif_type_p2p(struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
{
	return ieee80211_iftype_p2p(vif->type, vif->p2p);
}

5915 5916 5917 5918 5919 5920 5921 5922 5923 5924 5925 5926 5927 5928 5929
/**
 * ieee80211_update_mu_groups - set the VHT MU-MIMO groud data
 *
 * @vif: the specified virtual interface
 * @membership: 64 bits array - a bit is set if station is member of the group
 * @position: 2 bits per group id indicating the position in the group
 *
 * Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid and the position and
 * membership data is of the correct size and are in the same byte order as the
 * matching GroupId management frame.
 * Calls to this function need to be serialized with RX path.
 */
void ieee80211_update_mu_groups(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				const u8 *membership, const u8 *position);

5930 5931 5932 5933 5934
void ieee80211_enable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				   int rssi_min_thold,
				   int rssi_max_thold);

void ieee80211_disable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5935

5936
/**
5937
 * ieee80211_ave_rssi - report the average RSSI for the specified interface
5938 5939 5940
 *
 * @vif: the specified virtual interface
 *
5941 5942 5943 5944
 * Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid.
 *
 * Return: The average RSSI value for the requested interface, or 0 if not
 * applicable.
5945
 */
5946 5947
int ieee80211_ave_rssi(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);

5948 5949 5950 5951 5952 5953 5954 5955 5956 5957 5958 5959
/**
 * ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report WoWLAN wakeup
 * @vif: virtual interface
 * @wakeup: wakeup reason(s)
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 *
 * See cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup().
 */
void ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				    struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup,
				    gfp_t gfp);

5960 5961 5962 5963 5964 5965 5966 5967 5968 5969 5970 5971 5972 5973
/**
 * ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb - prepare an 802.11 skb for transmission
 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
 * @vif: virtual interface
 * @skb: frame to be sent from within the driver
 * @band: the band to transmit on
 * @sta: optional pointer to get the station to send the frame to
 *
 * Note: must be called under RCU lock
 */
bool ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			      struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct sk_buff *skb,
			      int band, struct ieee80211_sta **sta);

5974 5975 5976 5977 5978 5979 5980 5981 5982 5983 5984 5985 5986 5987 5988 5989 5990 5991 5992 5993 5994 5995 5996 5997 5998 5999 6000 6001 6002 6003 6004 6005 6006 6007 6008 6009 6010 6011 6012 6013 6014 6015 6016 6017 6018 6019 6020
/**
 * struct ieee80211_noa_data - holds temporary data for tracking P2P NoA state
 *
 * @next_tsf: TSF timestamp of the next absent state change
 * @has_next_tsf: next absent state change event pending
 *
 * @absent: descriptor bitmask, set if GO is currently absent
 *
 * private:
 *
 * @count: count fields from the NoA descriptors
 * @desc: adjusted data from the NoA
 */
struct ieee80211_noa_data {
	u32 next_tsf;
	bool has_next_tsf;

	u8 absent;

	u8 count[IEEE80211_P2P_NOA_DESC_MAX];
	struct {
		u32 start;
		u32 duration;
		u32 interval;
	} desc[IEEE80211_P2P_NOA_DESC_MAX];
};

/**
 * ieee80211_parse_p2p_noa - initialize NoA tracking data from P2P IE
 *
 * @attr: P2P NoA IE
 * @data: NoA tracking data
 * @tsf: current TSF timestamp
 *
 * Return: number of successfully parsed descriptors
 */
int ieee80211_parse_p2p_noa(const struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr *attr,
			    struct ieee80211_noa_data *data, u32 tsf);

/**
 * ieee80211_update_p2p_noa - get next pending P2P GO absent state change
 *
 * @data: NoA tracking data
 * @tsf: current TSF timestamp
 */
void ieee80211_update_p2p_noa(struct ieee80211_noa_data *data, u32 tsf);

6021 6022 6023 6024 6025 6026 6027 6028 6029 6030 6031 6032 6033
/**
 * ieee80211_tdls_oper - request userspace to perform a TDLS operation
 * @vif: virtual interface
 * @peer: the peer's destination address
 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation
 * @reason_code: reason code for the operation, valid for TDLS teardown
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 *
 * See cfg80211_tdls_oper_request().
 */
void ieee80211_tdls_oper_request(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *peer,
				 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper,
				 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp);
6034

6035 6036 6037 6038 6039 6040 6041 6042 6043 6044 6045 6046 6047 6048 6049 6050 6051 6052 6053 6054 6055 6056 6057 6058 6059 6060 6061 6062 6063 6064 6065 6066 6067 6068 6069 6070 6071
/**
 * ieee80211_reserve_tid - request to reserve a specific TID
 *
 * There is sometimes a need (such as in TDLS) for blocking the driver from
 * using a specific TID so that the FW can use it for certain operations such
 * as sending PTI requests. To make sure that the driver doesn't use that TID,
 * this function must be called as it flushes out packets on this TID and marks
 * it as blocked, so that any transmit for the station on this TID will be
 * redirected to the alternative TID in the same AC.
 *
 * Note that this function blocks and may call back into the driver, so it
 * should be called without driver locks held. Also note this function should
 * only be called from the driver's @sta_state callback.
 *
 * @sta: the station to reserve the TID for
 * @tid: the TID to reserve
 *
 * Returns: 0 on success, else on failure
 */
int ieee80211_reserve_tid(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);

/**
 * ieee80211_unreserve_tid - request to unreserve a specific TID
 *
 * Once there is no longer any need for reserving a certain TID, this function
 * should be called, and no longer will packets have their TID modified for
 * preventing use of this TID in the driver.
 *
 * Note that this function blocks and acquires a lock, so it should be called
 * without driver locks held. Also note this function should only be called
 * from the driver's @sta_state callback.
 *
 * @sta: the station
 * @tid: the TID to unreserve
 */
void ieee80211_unreserve_tid(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);

6072 6073 6074 6075
/**
 * ieee80211_tx_dequeue - dequeue a packet from a software tx queue
 *
 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6076
 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
6077 6078 6079 6080 6081
 *
 * Returns the skb if successful, %NULL if no frame was available.
 */
struct sk_buff *ieee80211_tx_dequeue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				     struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
6082 6083 6084 6085 6086 6087 6088 6089 6090 6091 6092 6093 6094 6095 6096

/**
 * ieee80211_txq_get_depth - get pending frame/byte count of given txq
 *
 * The values are not guaranteed to be coherent with regard to each other, i.e.
 * txq state can change half-way of this function and the caller may end up
 * with "new" frame_cnt and "old" byte_cnt or vice-versa.
 *
 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
 * @frame_cnt: pointer to store frame count
 * @byte_cnt: pointer to store byte count
 */
void ieee80211_txq_get_depth(struct ieee80211_txq *txq,
			     unsigned long *frame_cnt,
			     unsigned long *byte_cnt);
6097 6098 6099 6100 6101 6102 6103 6104 6105 6106 6107 6108 6109 6110 6111 6112

/**
 * ieee80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination.
 *
 * This function is used to notify mac80211 about NAN function termination.
 * Note that this function can't be called from hard irq.
 *
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 * @inst_id: the local instance id
 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*)
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 */
void ieee80211_nan_func_terminated(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				   u8 inst_id,
				   enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason,
				   gfp_t gfp);
6113 6114 6115 6116 6117 6118 6119 6120 6121 6122 6123 6124 6125 6126 6127 6128

/**
 * ieee80211_nan_func_match - notify about NAN function match event.
 *
 * This function is used to notify mac80211 about NAN function match. The
 * cookie inside the match struct will be assigned by mac80211.
 * Note that this function can't be called from hard irq.
 *
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 * @match: match event information
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 */
void ieee80211_nan_func_match(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			      struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match,
			      gfp_t gfp);

6129
#endif /* MAC80211_H */